[gnome-user-docs] l10n: Update Japanese translation
- From: Jiro Matsuzawa <jmatsuzawa src gnome org>
- To: commits-list gnome org
- Cc:
- Subject: [gnome-user-docs] l10n: Update Japanese translation
- Date: Thu, 2 Jan 2014 10:37:02 +0000 (UTC)
commit 1bb4621962afb9b5d84d233847b5c3b2001000bc
Author: Noriko Mizumoto <noriko fedoraproject org>
Date: Thu Jan 2 19:35:44 2014 +0900
l10n: Update Japanese translation
gnome-help/ja/ja.po | 3135 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++--------------------
1 files changed, 1915 insertions(+), 1220 deletions(-)
---
diff --git a/gnome-help/ja/ja.po b/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
index 7331bda..4ded0b2 100644
--- a/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
+++ b/gnome-help/ja/ja.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gnome-user-docs master\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-12 19:46+1000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-02 19:22+0900\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-11-12 20:59+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Noriko Mizumoto <noriko fedoraproject org>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <gnome-translation gnome gr jp>\n"
@@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ msgstr "Phil Bull"
msgid "Michael Hill"
msgstr "Michael Hill"
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
msgstr "同じキーをすばやく押した場合は無視します。"
@@ -63,15 +67,26 @@ msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repea
msgstr "<em>バウンスキー</em>を有効にすると、繰り返し押してしまったキー入力を無視します。たとえば、1
度だけキーを押したいのに手が震えて何度もキーを押してしまう場合、バウンスキーの機能を有効にすることをお勧めします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>設定</gui>を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Universal
Access</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+msgid "Press <gui>Typing Assist (AccessX)</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>バウンスキー</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: note/title
@@ -115,21 +130,26 @@ msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier
msgstr "ウィンドウやボタンは、コントラストを調節することで、より見やすくなります。これは、<link
xref=\"display-dimscreen\">画面全体の明るさを変える</link>ことではありません。<em>ユーザーインターフェース</em>の一部分だけを変更します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Quickly turn bounce keys on and off"
+msgid "Quickly turn high contrast on and off"
+msgstr "バウンスキーのオン/オフをすばやく切り替える"
+
#. (itstool) path: note/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High
Contrast</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ハイコントラスト</gui>を選択すると、コントラストを簡単に変更できます。"
+#| msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>Zoom</gui>."
+msgid "You can turn high contrast on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility
icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High Contrast</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ズーム</gui>を選択すると、ズームのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
+msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
msgstr "ホバークリック (自動クリック) の機能を使い、マウスを静止させることによりクリック動作を行う。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -137,19 +157,27 @@ msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
msgstr "ホバーリングでクリックを代替する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen.
This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called
Hover Click or Dwell Click."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the
screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is
called Hover Click or Dwell Click."
+msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen.
This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called
<gui>Hover Click</gui> or Dwell Click."
msgstr
"画面上のコントロールや対象物の上にマウスポインターをホバーリングすることで、簡単にクリックやドラッグ操作ができます。マウスを動かしつつ同時にクリックすることが困難であれば、これは役立ちます。この機能は、ホバークリックあるいは自動クリックと呼ばれています。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and
then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse,
and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
+msgid "When <gui>Hover Click</gui> is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the
mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
msgstr "ホバークリックを有効にすれば、対象物の上にマウスポインターを移動させ、マウスから手を離してしばらく待つことで、ボタンをクリックすることができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
+msgid "Press <gui>Click Assistant</gui> in the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> section."
msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -157,7 +185,9 @@ msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of y
msgstr
"<gui>ホバークリック</gui>のウィンドウが開き、他のウィンドウよりも前面に配置されます。これは、ホバーリングしたときにどの種別のクリックを実行するかを選ぶのに使用します。たとえば<gui>副ボタンのクリック</gui>を選ぶと、ホバーリングで右クリック動作が行われます。ダブルクリック、右クリック、またはドラッグを実行したあとは、自動的にただのクリック動作に戻ります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color.
When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color.
When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
+msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and do not move it, it will gradually change color.
When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
msgstr "マウスポインターをボタンの上にホバーリングしてそのまま動かさずにいると、ポインターの色が徐々に変わっていきます。ポインター全体の色が変わったタイミングで、ボタンがクリックされます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -165,7 +195,9 @@ msgid "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold t
msgstr "<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を調節して、クリックするのに必要となるマウスポインターの静止時間を設定してください。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to
move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not
happen."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to
move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not
happen."
+msgid "You do not need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to
move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not
happen."
msgstr "ホバークリックをするためにマウスを完璧に静止させる必要はありません。ポインターは少しなら動いてもかまわず、しばらくすればクリックされます。しかし、大きく動きすぎた場合はクリックされません。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -186,7 +218,7 @@ msgstr "画面の文字が読み取りにくいときは、フォントサイズ
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>On</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -195,9 +227,15 @@ msgid "Alternatively, you can quickly change the text size by clicking the <link
msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>大きな文字</gui>を選択すると、文字の大きさを簡単に変更できます。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
+msgid "In many applications, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
msgstr "アプリケーションの多くは、任意のタイミングで <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>
を押して文字サイズを拡大できます。小さくするには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq> を押します。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "<gui>Large Text</gui> will scale the text by 1.2 times. You can use <app>Tweak Tool</app> to make
text size bigger or smaller."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "The universal access menu is the icon on the top bar that looks like a person."
msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはトップバーの人型アイコンからアクセスできます。"
@@ -207,7 +245,9 @@ msgid "Find the universal access menu"
msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはどこにありますか?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You can
find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on various accessibility settings. You
can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
+msgid "The <em>universal access menu</em> is where you can turn on some of the accessibility settings. You
can find this menu by clicking the icon which looks like a person surrounded by a circle on the top bar."
msgstr
"<em>ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</em>から、さまざまなアクセシビリティ設定を切り替えることができます。このメニューを開くには、トップバーにある円でかこまれた人型のアイコンをクリックしてください。"
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
@@ -215,15 +255,28 @@ msgid "The universal access menu can be found on the top bar."
msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセスのメニューはトップバーにあります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "If you do not see the universal access menu, you can enable it from the <gui>Universal Access</gui>
settings panel:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Always Show Universal Access Menu</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "To access this menu using the keyboard rather than the mouse, press
<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to move the keyboard focus to the top bar. A
white line will appear underneath the <gui>Activities</gui> button - this tells you which item on the top bar
is selected. Use the arrow keys on the keyboard to move the white line under the universal access menu icon
and then press <key>Enter</key> to open it. You can use the up and down arrow keys to select items in the
menu. Press <key>Enter</key> to toggle the selected item."
msgstr "マウスを使わずにキーボードからこのメニューを開くには、<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>
を押して、トップバーにキーボードのフォーカスをあてます。<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンの下に白線が表示されます。この線はトップバーのどの項目が選択されているかを示しています。キーボードの矢印キーを使い、白線をユニバーサルアクセスメニューのアイコンまで移動させ、そこで
<key>Enter</key> を押してメニューを開きます。上下方向の矢印キーでメニューの各項目を選びます。<key>Enter</key> を押すと、選んだ項目のオン/オフが切り替わります。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Zoom in on your screen so it's easier to see things."
+msgid "Zoom in on your screen so that it is easier to see things."
msgstr "画面を拡大表示して見やすくします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Magnify the screen area"
+msgid "Magnify a screen area"
msgstr "画面を拡大表示する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -231,12 +284,15 @@ msgid "Magnifying the screen is different than just enlarging the <link xref=\"a
msgstr "画面を拡大表示することは、<link
xref=\"a11y-font-size\">文字のサイズ</link>をただ大きくするだけではありません。これは、ルーペを使って画面を見るような機能であり、画面の一部にズームインして画面上を移動できようになります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
-msgstr "<gui>ズーム</gui>をオンにします。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+msgid "Press on <gui>Zoom</gui> in the <gui>Seeing</gui> section."
+msgstr "<gui>表示形式</gui>セクションから<gui>一覧</gui>を選択します。"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "The <gui>Zoom</gui> section lists the current settings for the shortcut keys, which can be set in the
<gui>Universal Access</gui> section of the <link xref=\"keyboard-shortcuts-set\">Shortcuts</link> tab on the
<gui>Keyboard</gui> panel."
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can now move around the screen area. By moving your mouse to the edges of the screen, you will
move the magnified area in different directions, allowing you to view your area of choice."
@@ -247,15 +303,15 @@ msgid "You can quickly turn zoom on and off by clicking the <link xref=\"a11y-ic
msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ズーム</gui>を選択すると、ズームのオン/オフを簡単に切り替えられます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view
on the screen. To adjust these, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab."
+msgid "You can change the magnification factor, the mouse tracking, and the position of the magnified view
on the screen. Adjust these in the <gui>Magnifier</gui> tab of the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. To switch them on and
adjust their length, color, and thickness, click the <gui>Options</gui> button and pick the
<gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab."
+msgid "You can activate crosshairs to help you find the mouse or touchpad pointer. Switch them on and adjust
their length, color, and thickness, <gui>Crosshairs</gui> in the <gui>Crosshairs</gui> tab of the
<gui>Zoom</gui> settings window."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and
greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision,
any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Click the
<gui>Options</gui> button and pick the <gui>Color Effects</gui> tab."
+msgid "You can switch to inverse video or <gui>White on black</gui>, and adjust brightness, contrast and
greyscale options for the magnifier. The combination of these options is useful for people with low-vision,
any degree of photophobia, or just for using the computer under adverse lighting conditions. Select the
<gui>Color Effects</gui> tab in the <gui>Zoom</gui> settings window to enable and change these options."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -268,7 +324,9 @@ msgid "Universal access"
msgstr "ユニバーサルアクセス"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and
special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed
from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and
special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed
from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
+msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and
special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. An accessibility menu can be added to the top
bar, giving easier access to many of the accessibility features."
msgstr "GNOME
デスクトップは、さまざまな障害や特殊なニーズを持つユーザーをサポートし、一般的な支援機器と連携して動作する支援技術が備わっています。多くのアクセシビリティ機能は、トップバーのアクセシビリティメニューから操作できます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -328,11 +386,21 @@ msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful
msgstr "マウスの左ボタンを押したままにすることで、右クリック操作を行うことができます。片手で複数の指を別々に動かすのが困難であったり、特殊なマウスを使っていたりする場合に、この機能は役立ちます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
+msgid "Press <gui>Click Assist</gui> in the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> section."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right
click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under
<gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a
right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under
<gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
+msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right
click by changing the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui>."
msgstr
"右クリックと認識されるまでに左ボタンを押しつづける必要のある間隔を設定できます。<gui>ポインター操作とクリック</gui>タブの<gui>副ボタンのクリックの代替</gui>の設定項目の<gui>認識するまでの間隔</gui>を変更してください。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -348,7 +416,9 @@ msgid "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also al
msgstr "<link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">マウスキー</link>を使用している場合は、キーパッドの <key>5</key> キーを押したままにすることで、右クリックできます。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with
this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the
button to right-click."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with
this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the
button to right-click."
+msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with
this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: you do not have to release the
button to right-click."
msgstr
"<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面では、この機能を無効にしている場合でも長押しによる右クリックが常に可能です。アクティビティ画面では、長押しの動作が少し異なります。右クリック操作をするのにボタンを離す必要がありません。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -376,7 +446,9 @@ msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between
msgstr
"キーを押してから画面に文字が表示されるまでの間に時間差をもうけたい場合、<em>スローキー</em>を有効にしてください。これを有効にすると、入力したいキーを少しのあいだ押しつづけなければ、文字が画面に表示されません。キー入力のときに誤って複数のキーを同時に押してしまう場合や、押したいキーを間違わずに押すことが困難な場合に、スローキーの機能を利用してください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>スローキー</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: note/title
@@ -422,7 +494,9 @@ msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold do
msgstr "複数のキーを同時に押すことが困難であれば、固定キーを有効にすると良いでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>固定キー</gui>をオンにします。"
#. (itstool) path: note/title
@@ -476,12 +550,19 @@ msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your c
msgstr "この機能は、図書館などのようにコンピューターを静かに使わなければならない環境でも役に立つでしょう。警告音をミュートする方法については <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/>
を参照し、視覚警告を有効にしてください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
+msgid "Press <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> in the <gui>Hearing</gui> section."
msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>聴覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current
window title to flash."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash."
msgstr "<gui>視覚警告</gui>をオンにします。画面全体をひらめかせるか、あるいは現在開いているウィンドウだけをひらめかせるか選択してください。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -528,20 +609,22 @@ msgstr "時間を割いてデスクトップヘルプを読んでくださり、
msgid "-- The GNOME documentation team"
msgstr "-- GNOME ドキュメンテーションチーム"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Connect an online account."
-msgstr "オンラインアカウントに接続します。"
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Jim Campbell"
msgstr "Jim Campbell"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Connect an online account."
+msgstr "オンラインアカウントに接続します。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Add an account"
msgstr "アカウントの追加"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email
program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email
program, chat program, and other related applications will be set up for you."
+msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your GNOME desktop. Thus, your email
program, chat program and other related applications will be set up for you."
msgstr "アカウントを追加することで、あなたのオンラインアカウントと GNOME
デスクトップをリンクできるようになります。これにより、メールクライアント、チャットクライアント、また他の関連アプリケーションがセットアップされます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -549,27 +632,31 @@ msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button in the lower-left portion of the window."
msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
-msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>メニューをクリックして、アカウントの種類を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add."
+msgstr "削除するアカウントを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have more than one account type, you can add the other accounts at a later time."
+msgid "If you want to add more than one account type, you can do so at a later time."
msgstr "複数のアカウントがあれば、他のアカウントはあとで追加できます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
-msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "A small website window will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if
you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username and password."
msgstr "小さなウェブサイトウィンドウが開き、そこにあなたのオンラインアカウントの認証情報を入力します。たとえば、Google アカウントのセットアップをする場合、あなたの Google
アカウントのユーザー名とパスワードを入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your
online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to continue."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you've entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your
online account. Select <gui>Grant Access</gui> to continue."
+msgid "If you have entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to allow GNOME access to your
online account. Authorize access to continue."
msgstr "認証情報が正しく入力できれば、あなたのオンラインアカウントへのアクセスを GNOME に許可してもよいか確認画面が表示されます。<gui>Grant Access (アクセスを許可)</gui>
を選択し、次に進みます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use
an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the
<gui>calendar</gui> option off."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to
use an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the
<gui>calendar</gui> option off."
+msgid "Select the applications that you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use
an online account for chat, but do not want to use an online account for your calendar, turn the
<gui>Calendar</gui> option to <gui>Off</gui>."
msgstr
"オンラインアカウントに関連付けるアプリケーションを選択します。たとえば、オンラインアカウントをチャットに使用したいが、カレンダーには使用したくない場合、<gui>カレンダー</gui>のオプションをオフにします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -581,10 +668,6 @@ msgid "For security reasons, GNOME will not store your password on your computer
msgstr "セキュリティ上の理由により、GNOME
はあなたのパスワードをコンピューター内に保存しません。その代わりに、オンラインサービスにより提供されるトークンを保存します。デスクトップとオンラインサービスとのリンクを完全に破棄する場合は、追加したアカウントを<link
xref=\"accounts-remove\">削除</link>します。"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-msgstr "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
-
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Julita Inca"
msgstr "Julita Inca"
@@ -602,7 +685,9 @@ msgid "Some online account service providers allow you to create an account whil
msgstr "アカウントサービスプロバイダーによっては、<app>オンラインアカウント</app>
にアカウントを追加する際にアカウントの作成もできることがあります。この場合、ひとつのアプリケーションから、オンラインアカウントの管理をすべて行うことができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the Activities overview."
+msgid "Open the <app>Online Accounts</app> settings from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr "アクティビティ画面から<app>オンラインアカウント</app>の設定を開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -610,16 +695,14 @@ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">+</gui>."
msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">+</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account types may <link
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the drop down menu. Some account types may <link
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
+msgid "Select the type of account which you want to add. Some account types may <link
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">not be available</link>."
msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>をドロップダウンメニューから選択します。アカウントの種類によっては<link
xref=\"accounts-provider-not-available\">利用できない</link>ものもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
-msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックして、次に進みます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which appears."
-msgstr "表示されたページに<gui>サインアップ</gui>などのボタンやリンクがあるので、それをクリックします。"
+msgid "If the service allows you to create an account, you should see more information on how to do this."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "Not all online account providers offer the option to create an account at this stage. If this is true
of the service you wish to register, you will need to use an alternative method to create an account."
@@ -634,7 +717,9 @@ msgid "You need to grant GNOME access to your new account in order to use it wit
msgstr "新規に作成したアカウントを<app>オンラインアカウント</app>で使用できるように、GNOME にアカウントへのアクセスを許可する必要があります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> individual services to disable them."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch off</link> individual services to disable them."
+msgid "All services that are offered by an account provider will be enabled by default. <link
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Switch</link> individual services to <gui>Off</gui> to disable them."
msgstr "アカウントプロバイダーが提供するすべてのサービスは、デフォルトで有効になります。各サービスを無効にするには個別に<link
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">オフに切り替えます</link>。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -682,47 +767,35 @@ msgid "What if an online service provider is not listed?"
msgstr "オンラインサービスプロバイダーが一覧になかったら?"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Why isn't my account type on the list?"
+msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
msgstr "利用しているアカウントの種類が一覧にないのはなぜ?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, only a few
types of online accounts are supported:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, only a
few types of online accounts are supported:"
+msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Only the account types
that are listed are currently supported."
msgstr "お使いのオンラインサービスプロバイダーをサポートするには、誰かしらによる開発作業が必要になります。現在は、数種類のオンラインアカウントだけをサポートしています。"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Google"
-msgstr "Google"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Windows Live"
-msgstr "Windows Live"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Facebook"
-msgstr "Facebook"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Twitter"
-msgstr "Twitter"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
-msgstr "Yahoo は近いうちにサポートと対象となる見込みです。"
-
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";> bug tracker</link>."
msgstr "他のサービスのサポートに関心があれば、<link
href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\";>バグ管理システム</link>を通じて開発者と連絡を取ってください。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Completely remove an online account."
-msgstr "オンラインアカウントを完全に削除します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create an online account"
+msgid "Delete an online account."
+msgstr "オンラインアカウントの作成"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Remove an account"
msgstr "アカウントの削除"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the account you wish to remove."
+msgid "Select the account which you wish to remove."
msgstr "削除するアカウントを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -737,8 +810,14 @@ msgstr "<gui>削除</gui>をクリックします。"
msgid "Instead of deleting the account completely, it's possible to <link
xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the services</link> accessed by your desktop."
msgstr "アカウントを完全に削除するのではなく、デスクトップからアクセスする<link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">サービスを制限する</link>ことができます"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "To remove GNOME's access to the online account, you should revoke the access through the account's
website or similar service."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-msgid "2012-2013"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "2012-2013"
+msgid "2012, 2013"
msgstr "2012-2013"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
@@ -848,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "オンラインアカウント"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services (like Google and Facebook) into the
<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and
similar from those applications without having to enter your account details again."
+msgid "You can enter your login details for some online services (such as Google and Facebook) into the
<app>Online Accounts</app> window. This will let you easily access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and
similar, from those applications without having to enter your account details again."
msgstr "オンラインサービス (Google や Facebook など)
のログイン情報を<gui>オンラインアカウント</gui>のウィンドウに入力できます。これにより、アプリケーションから、アカウント情報を再び入力することなく、カレンダーやメール、チャットアカウントなどお使いのサービスに簡単にアクセスできるようになります。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -1196,16 +1275,28 @@ msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Devic
msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Bluetooth</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link>
and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will
begin searching for devices."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Bluetooth</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link>
and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <key>+</key> below the <gui>Devices</gui> list. The <gui>Bluetooth New Device Setup</gui> panel
will open and your computer will begin searching for devices."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a
single type of device in the list."
+msgid "Select a device in the <gui>Device</gui> list. If there are too many devices listed, use the
<gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -1236,6 +1327,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "The <gui>Setup Summary</gui> appears when the connection successfully completes. It may display
additional options applicable to the type of device you're connecting. Select the desired options and click
<gui>Quit</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if
desired."
msgstr ""
@@ -1281,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and
check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
+msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Open the Bluetooth panel and check that it's
not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -1289,7 +1384,7 @@ msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're
trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
+msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to, and that it is <link
xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link>. For example, if you're trying to connect to a
phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -1305,6 +1400,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: credit/years
+msgid "2013"
+msgstr "2013"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1318,19 +1417,21 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
-#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
-
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <gui>-</gui> icon
underneath the list."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <key>-</key> icon below the
list."
+msgstr "送信先のデバイスを選択し、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
msgstr ""
@@ -1340,7 +1441,9 @@ msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
msgstr "電話など Bluetooth デバイスとファイルを共有します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
+msgid "Send files to a Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth デバイスにファイルを送る"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
@@ -1351,17 +1454,19 @@ msgstr "接続済みの Bluetooth デバイス、たとえばモバイル機器
msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers.
Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using
the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
msgstr "接続済みの Bluetooth
デバイス、たとえば携帯電話やその他のコンピューターなどにファイルを転送することができます。デバイスの種類、あるいはファイルの種類によっては、転送できないことがあります。ファイルを転送するには、トップバーの
Bluetooth アイコンからファイルを送る、あるいは、Bluetooth 設定ウィンドウからファイルを送る、という方法が使用できます。"
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
-msgstr "Bluetooth アイコンからファイルをファイル送る"
-
#. (itstool) path: when/p
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
msgstr "メニューバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>デバイスにファイルを送る</gui>を選択します。"
-#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>デバイスにファイルを送る</gui>を選択します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
+msgid "In the <gui>Devices</gui> list, select the device to which to send the files to and click <gui>Send
Files...</gui>."
+msgstr "送信先のデバイスを選択し、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If the desired device is not shown in the list, you need to <link
xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connect</link> to it."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
@@ -1372,37 +1477,9 @@ msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you
msgstr "同じフォルダー内にある複数のファイルを送る場合は、<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押しながら各ファイルを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
-msgstr "送信先のデバイスを選択し、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already
connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If
you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after
clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
-msgstr "デバイス一覧には、<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">接続済みデバイス</link>と、通信可能範囲にある<link
xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">検出可能なデバイス</link>の両方が表示されます。選択したデバイスとの接続がまだ済んでいない場合は、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押したあとに、デバイスとペアリングを行うよう促されます。たいていの場合、送信先のデバイス側で接続の確認を行う必要があります。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device
type</gui> drop-down."
-msgstr "表示されるデバイスが多い場合は、<gui>デバイスの種類</gui>のドロップダウンリストを使って、特定の種類のデバイスだけを表示するように制限できます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner
accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
msgstr "通常、受信デバイス側で、ファイルの受信を承諾する必要があります。受信デバイス側で、承諾あるいは拒否が行われると、その転送結果があなたのコンピューターの画面に表示されます。"
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
-msgstr "Bluetooth 設定からファイルを送る"
-
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "メニューバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've
already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
-msgstr "設定パネル左側のデバイス一覧から送信先のデバイスを選択します。一覧には、すでに接続済みのデバイスだけが表示されます。「<link
xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>」を参照してください。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
-msgstr "右側のデバイス情報欄で、<gui>ファイルを送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
msgstr ""
@@ -1421,9 +1498,15 @@ msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive f
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to
conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui>
on."
+msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to
conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on:"
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgid "Set the switch in the titlebar to <gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えます。"
+
#. (itstool) path: when/p
msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the
Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on
your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the
<key>Fn</key> key."
msgstr ""
@@ -1438,9 +1521,15 @@ msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off B
msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
-msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
+msgid "To turn Bluetooth off:"
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgid "Set the switch in the titlebar to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えます。"
+
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to this computer from another
device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> for more information."
msgstr ""
@@ -1508,7 +1597,9 @@ msgid "external ref='figures/shell-appts-classic.png' md5='e3ede8dd9aeb53b75596b
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
+msgid "Display your appointments in the calendar at the top of the screen."
msgstr "画面最上部にスケジュール表を表示します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -1516,11 +1607,15 @@ msgid "Calendar appointments"
msgstr "スケジュール表"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
-msgstr "この機能を利用するには、<app>Evolution</app> をインストールする必要があります。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To quickly get to the full <app>Evolution</app> calendar, click on the clock and click <gui>Open
Calendar</gui>."
+msgid "This requires you to use your <app>Evolution</app> calendar or for you to have an online account set
up which <gui>Calendar</gui> supports."
+msgstr "<app>Evolution</app>のカレンダーにすばやくアクセスするには、時計をクリックし、<gui>カレンダーを開く</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need to
install it using your distro's package manager."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Most distros come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may need
to install it using your distro's package manager."
+msgid "Most distributions come with <app>Evolution</app> installed by default. If yours does not, you may
need to install it using your distribution package manager."
msgstr "たいていのディストリビューションでは、<app>Evolution</app>
がデフォルトでインストールされています。インストールされていない場合、お使いのディストリビューションのパッケージマネージャーを使用して、インストールしてください。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -1532,11 +1627,15 @@ msgid "Click on the clock on the top bar."
msgstr "トップバーの時計をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the <gui>Calendar</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments on the <gui>Calendar</gui>."
+msgid "Click the date for which you want to see your appointments from the calendar."
msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in <app>Evolution</app>,
they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Existing appointments will display on the right. As appointments are added in
<app>Evolution</app>, they will appear in the clock's appointment list."
+msgid "Existing appointments will be displayed on the right. As appointments are added to the calendar, they
will appear in the clock's appointment list."
msgstr "登録されているスケジュールが右側に表示されます。<app>Evolution</app> に予定が追加されると、その予定がスケジュール一覧に表示されます。"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
@@ -1552,7 +1651,9 @@ msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account.
msgstr "この機能には、<app>Evolution</app> のアカウントが必要になります。まだアカウントを作っていない場合、最初のアカウントを登録手続き用のウィンドウが開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> to alter the
date/time."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui> to alter the
date/time."
+msgid "Click the clock on the top bar and go into the <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui> to alter the
date/time."
msgstr "トップバーの時計から<gui>日時の設定</gui>を開き、日時を変更します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -1564,31 +1665,33 @@ msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wro
msgstr "トップバーに表示される日付や時刻、あるいは表示方式が正しくない場合に、それらを変更することができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar and select <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui>."
msgstr "トップバー中央の時計をクリックして、<gui>日時の設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin
password</link>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin
password</link>."
+msgid "If you have a standard account, you will need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator password</link>."
msgstr "<gui>ロック解除</gui>ボタンを押して、管理者用パスワードを入力しなければならない場合があります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the
year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
-msgstr "矢印ボタンを押して時、分を調節します。ドロップダウンリストから年月日を変更します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network Time</gui>
on."
-msgstr "必要に応じて、<gui>ネットワーク時刻</gui>をオンに切り替えることで、時計を自動的に更新することもできます。"
+msgid "If you have an internet connection, you can set your date, time and time zone to update automatically
by switching <gui>Automatic Date & Time</gui> and <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with
a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are
connected to the internet."
-msgstr
"<em>ネットワーク時刻</em>をオンにすると、お使いのコンピューターは、インターネット上の非常に正確な時計と、定期的に同期を取るようになります。これにより、手動で時刻を調節する必要がなくなります。この機能はインターネットに接続している場合にだけ動作します。"
+msgid "If you do not have an internet connection, you can update these manually by switching them to
<gui>Off</gui>, then clicking <gui>Date & Time</gui> and <gui>Time Zone</gui> to update."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui>
format."
msgstr "また、時刻の表示方式として、<gui>24時制表示</gui>か<gui>午前/午後</gui>を選択できます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
+msgid "Update your time zone to your current location so that your time is correct."
msgstr "タイムゾーンを変更して、他の都市の時間を確認できます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -1596,15 +1699,13 @@ msgid "Change your timezone"
msgstr "タイムゾーンを変更する"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
-msgstr "トップバー中央の時計をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>日時の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+msgid "If you have <gui>Automatic Time Zone</gui> set to <gui>On</gui>, your time zone should update
automatically if you have an internet connection. To update your time zone manually, set this to
<gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click on your location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click on your location on the map, then select your current city from the drop-down list."
+msgid "Click <gui>Time Zone</gui>, then select your location on the map or search for your current city."
msgstr "あなたのいる場所を地図から選択して、ドロップダウンリストから現在の都市を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -1619,17 +1720,8 @@ msgstr "<link xref=\"clock-set\">日時</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">
msgid "Date & time"
msgstr "日付と時刻"
-#. (itstool) path: media
-#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
-#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
-#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
-#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
-msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
-msgstr ""
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
+msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to add a color profile for your screen."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -1637,23 +1729,42 @@ msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Open <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the device that you wish to add
a profile to."
+msgid "You may want to assign a color profile for your screen or printer so that the colours which it shows
are more accurate."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or import a new file."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Color</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile."
+msgstr "削除するファイルを選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select an existing profile or import a new profile."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui> to continue."
+msgid "Press <gui>Add</gui> to confirm your selection."
+msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックして、次に進みます。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the
<em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile
to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for
glossy paper and another plain paper."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
-msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
-msgstr ""
-
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
+msgid "If calibration hardware is connected, the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -1717,11 +1828,29 @@ msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click
<gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the
device."
+msgid "If you want your scanner to represent the color accurately in scans, you should calibrate it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Make sure your scanner is connected to your computer with a cable or over the network."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Scan your calibration target and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your scanner."
+msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Calibrate…</gui> to commence the calibration."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be
recalibrated."
+msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature, so do not usually need to be
recalibrated."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -1733,18 +1862,27 @@ msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement if you're involved in
computer design or artwork."
+msgid "You can callibrate your screen so that it shows more accurate colour. This is especially useful if
you are involved in digital photography, design or artwork."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is
able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a
profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
+msgid "You will need either a colorimeter or a spectrophotometer to do this. Both devices are used to
profile screens, but they work in slightly different ways."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18
months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!]
icon appears in the color control panel."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your screen."
+msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Make sure your calibration device is connected to your computer."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Screens change all the time: the backlight in a TFT display will halve in brightness approximately
every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when
the [!] icon appears in the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
msgstr ""
@@ -1969,7 +2107,7 @@ msgid "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-su
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
+msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -1977,11 +2115,20 @@ msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</input> or
<input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
+msgid "You can import a color profile by double clicking on a <file>.ICC</file> or <file>.ICM</file> file in
the file browser."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a profile for a device."
+msgid "Alternatively you can manage your color profiles through the <gui>Color</gui> panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Color</gui> to open the panel and select your device."
+msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "The manufacturer of your display may supply a profile that you can use. These profiles are usually
made for the averge display, so may not be perfect for your specific one. For the best calibration, you
should <link xref=\"color-calibrate-screen\">create your own profile</link> using a colorimeter or a
spectrophotometer."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -2009,15 +2156,15 @@ msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a
simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
+msgid "You can be reminded to recalibrate your devices after a specific period of time. Unfortunately, it is
not possible to tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate, so it is best to recalibrate
devices regularly."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can
make a huge difference to an end product."
+msgid "Some companies have very specific calibration expiry policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color
profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will
be shown in the <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning
notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
+msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will
be shown in the <gui>Color</gui> panel next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every
time you log into your computer."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -2028,8 +2175,17 @@ msgstr ""
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
-"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert gnome] </output><input>gsettings set
org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
+"<output style=\"prompt\">$ </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color
recalibrate-display-threshold 90</input>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='2cabb46bf9cf9dc5476c7f6c27a7f3a5'"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -2053,7 +2209,7 @@ msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
+msgid "Use the supplied test profiles to check that your profiles are being applied correctly to your
screen."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -2065,51 +2221,33 @@ msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being
applied:"
+msgid "GNOME comes with several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being
applied:"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being
sent to the display"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Bluetooth"
+msgid "Blue"
+msgstr "Bluetooth"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen
profile"
+msgid "This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become
BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the
whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this
might be:"
+msgid "Select the device for which you want to add a profile. You may wish to make a note of which profile
is currently being used."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
+msgid "Click <gui>Add profile</gui> to select a test profile, which should be at the bottom of the list."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
+msgid "To revert to your previous profile, select the device in the <gui>Color</gui> panel, then select the
profile that you were using before you tried one of the test profiles and press <gui>Enable</gui> to use it
again."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the
<guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link
xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link
xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
+msgid "Using these profiles, you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -2335,10 +2473,6 @@ msgstr "連絡先"
msgid "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your
<link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: credit/years
-msgid "2013"
-msgstr "2013"
-
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
msgstr ""
@@ -2533,8 +2667,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
+msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
@@ -2655,11 +2789,6 @@ msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information and status of
the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
msgstr ""
@@ -2800,84 +2929,47 @@ msgid "Disks & storage"
msgstr "小技とコツ"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor."
+msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Connect another monitor to your computer"
+msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Video Demo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: media/p
-msgid "Demo"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
-msgid "Type <input>displays</input> in the Activities overview to open the <gui>Displays</gui> settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it
<gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
-msgid "The monitor with the top bar is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the
top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Set up an additional monitor"
+msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the <gui>Mirror displays</gui>
box."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "To set up an additional monitor, connect the monitor to your computer. If your system does not
recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep This
Configuration</gui>."
-msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックしてください。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: div/p
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the top corner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Set up an external monitor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system
doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
-msgstr ""
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Displays</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the main monitor. To change
which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the
\"main\" monitor."
+msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"shell-introduction\">top bar</link> is the main monitor. To change
which monitor is treated as \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor which you want to
set as the \"main\" monitor."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To rotate the orientation of the monitor, click on it and use the buttons with the arrows to rotate
it."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
-msgstr "セルラーネットワークに接続しています。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't
recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
+msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>名前を付けて検索を保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックしてください。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
@@ -3233,6 +3325,10 @@ msgstr "サムネイルを選択します。<app>ドキュメント</app>アプ
msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
msgstr "ドキュメントの閲覧を止めるには、戻る矢印ボタンを押します。"
+#. (itstool) path: credit/name
+msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
+msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
msgstr "CDやDVD、カメラ、オーディオプレイヤー、その他のデバイスおよびメディアにあわせてアプリケーションを自動起動します。"
@@ -3250,8 +3346,21 @@ msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various device
msgstr "さまざまなデバイスを接続した場合に起動するアプリケーションを設定する方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Details</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Details</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Removable Media</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>削除</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type.
See below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
@@ -3600,7 +3709,9 @@ msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't b
msgstr "ときにデータの書き込みが正常にできない場合があります。コンピューターにそのディスクをセットしてもファイルを見ることはできません"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x.
Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui>
button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x.
Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui>
button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
+msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, for example, 12x rather than
48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the
<gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
msgstr "この場合、書き込みをもう一度実行してみてください。ただし書き込み速度はより低速 (たとえば、48x よりも 12x)
にします。低速なほど、より信頼性も高くなります。速度の選択は、<gui>CD/DVD クリエーター</gui>ウィンドウの<gui>プロパティ</gui>から可能です。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -3786,7 +3897,7 @@ msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
msgstr "ゴミ箱からファイルを元に戻す方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> overview."
+msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -3794,7 +3905,9 @@ msgid "Click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the
folder from where it was deleted."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to
the folder from where it was deleted."
+msgid "If your deleted file is there, click on it and select <gui>Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the
folder from where it was deleted."
msgstr "削除したファイルがゴミ箱にあれば、それをクリックして<gui>元に戻す</gui>を選択します。削除時の元にあった場所にファイルが戻ります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -4089,10 +4202,6 @@ msgid "To share a file by email:"
msgstr "メールでファイルを共有する手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
msgstr "転送するファイルのある場所へ移動します。"
@@ -4273,9 +4382,12 @@ msgstr "これらのファイルは、通常の隠しファイルと同じよう
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='1da3cb1c367a98bac7a33ed14e27374d'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-3-10.png' md5='e25df7716ce56fcba4f3a2dcb56d2475'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
msgctxt "link:trail"
@@ -4291,7 +4403,9 @@ msgid "Files, folders & search"
msgstr "ファイル、フォルダーおよび検索"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
-msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
+msgid "<app>Files</app> file manager"
msgstr "<app>Nautilus</app> ファイルマネージャー"
#. (itstool) path: links/title
@@ -4358,14 +4472,14 @@ msgstr "連絡先"
msgid "You can send an <link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list gnome org\">email</link> to the GNOME docs mailing
list to learn more about how to get involved with the documentation team."
msgstr "ドキュメンテーションチームへの参加方法についてより詳しく知りたい場合は、GNOME ドキュメンテーションチームのメーリングリストに<link href=\"mailto:gnome-doc-list
gnome org\">メール</link>を送ってください。"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience."
-msgstr "旧来型のデスクトップ体験が好みであれば、GNOME クラシックという選択肢があります。"
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Petr Kovar"
msgstr "Petr Kovar"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Consider switching to GNOME Classic if you prefer a more traditional desktop experience."
+msgstr "旧来型のデスクトップ体験が好みであれば、GNOME クラシックという選択肢があります。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "What is GNOME Classic?"
msgstr "GNOME クラシックとは何ですか?"
@@ -4375,11 +4489,15 @@ msgid "<em>GNOME Classic</em> is a feature for users who prefer a more tradition
msgstr "<em>GNOME クラシック</em> とは、旧来型のデスクトップ体験を好むユーザー向けの機能です。<em>GNOME クラシック</em> は <em>GNOME 3</em>
の技術をベースとしていますが、ユーザーインターフェースに多くの変更を加えています。たとえば、トップバーの<gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">アプリケーション</gui>メニューや<gui
xref=\"shell-terminology\">場所</gui>メニュー、画面最下部のウィンドウ一覧などが使用できます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch
applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch
applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em> is available by selecting the
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
+msgid "You can use the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Applications</gui> menu on the top bar to launch
applications. The <em xref=\"shell-terminology\"> <gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is available by
selecting the <gui>Activities Overview</gui> item from the menu."
msgstr "トップバーの<gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">アプリケーション</gui>メニューを使って、アプリケーションを起動できます。<em
xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</em>を表示するには、アプリケーションメニューにある<gui>アクティビティ</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you can also press the <key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</em>, you can also press the <key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgid "To access the <em xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>, you can also press
the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgstr "<em xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</em>は、<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>
キーを押して表示することもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -4393,8 +4511,9 @@ msgid "The window list at the bottom of the screen provides access to all your o
msgstr "画面最下部のウィンドウ一覧から、開いているウィンドウやアプリケーションにアクセスできます。またウィンドウを最小化したり、元のサイズに戻したりすることも可能です。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current
worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the
total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and
select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current
worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the
total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and
select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current
workspace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the
total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and
select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
msgstr "ウィンドウ一覧の右側に、現在のワークスペースを示すインジケーターが表示されます。たとえば最初 (先頭) のワークスペースの場合、<gui>1</gui>
と記されます。また、このインジケーターには、利用可能なワークスペースの総数も示されます。他のワークスペースに切り替えるには、インジケーターを押して、表示されるメニューから使用するワークスペースを選択してください。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -4414,11 +4533,15 @@ msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME</em> to <em>GNOME Classic</em>:"
msgstr "<em>GNOME</em> から <em>GNOME クラシック</em> へ切り替える手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then select
<gui>Log Out</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Select your name in the upper right-hand corner and then
select <gui>Log Out</gui>."
+msgid "Save any open work, and then log out. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar, click
your name and then choose the right option."
msgstr "未保存の作業があれば保存を済ませて、ログアウトします。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>ログアウト</gui> を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen appears."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm. The login screen
appears."
+msgid "A confirmation message will appear. Select <gui>Log Out</gui> to confirm."
msgstr "ログアウトの確認メッセージが表示されるので、<gui>ログアウト</gui>を選択します。すると、最初のログイン画面に戻ります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -4430,20 +4553,26 @@ msgid "Enter your password in the password entry box."
msgstr "パスワードをテキストボックスに入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
-msgstr "テキストボックスの下の<gui>セッション</gui>を開き、<gui>GNOME クラシック</gui>を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</gui> button, and select
<gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>メニューバー</gui>の右端のアイコンをクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>サインイン</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
+msgid "Click the <gui>Sign In</gui> button."
+msgstr "<gui>✓</gui> ボタンを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
msgid "To switch from <em>GNOME Classic</em> to <em>GNOME</em>:"
msgstr "<em>GNOME クラシック</em> から <em>GNOME</em> へ切り替える手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</gui>."
-msgstr "テキストボックスの下の<gui>セッション</gui>を開き、<gui>GNOME</gui>を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Click the options icon, which is displayed to the left of the <gui>Sign In</gui> button, and select
<gui>GNOME</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>メニューバー</gui>の右端のアイコンをクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "<link xref=\"session-fingerprint\">Fingerprint readers</link>, smart cards…"
@@ -4594,7 +4723,9 @@ msgid "Mailing lists are email based discussions. You can ask for support using
msgstr "メーリングリストはE-メールベースの議論です。GNOMEメーリングリストを使って質問することができます。たいていの GNOME
アプリケーションは専用のメーリングリストがあります。すべてのメーリングリスト一覧は <link href=\"http://mail.gnome.org/mailman/listinfo\"/> にあります。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You may need to register to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
+msgid "You may need to subscribe to the mailing-list before being able to send an email to it."
msgstr "E-メールを送信する前にメーリングリストへの登録が必要になることがあります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -4655,8 +4786,15 @@ msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you
msgstr "テキストフィールドにあるキーボードカーソルが見づらいときは、カーソルを点滅させて見つけやすくできます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開きます。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Keyboard</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
@@ -4711,7 +4849,9 @@ msgid "The <em>context menu</em> is a menu that pops up when you right-click. Th
msgstr
"<em>コンテキストメニュー</em>とは、右クリックを行ったときにポップアップ表示されるメニューのことです。表示内容は、表示されるかどうかも含めて、右クリックした位置のコンテキストや機能に依存します。<key>Menu</key>
キーを使用した場合は、キーを押したときにマウスカーソルの位置する領域に対応するコンテキストメニューが表示されます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the
<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <key>Super</key> key opens the activities overview. You can usually find it next to the
<key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
+msgid "The <key>Super</key> key opens the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. You can usually find it next to
the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
msgstr "<key>Super</key> キーはアクティビティ画面を開くのに使用します。通常、このキーはキーボードの <key>Alt</key> キーの隣にあります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -4719,23 +4859,37 @@ msgid "What is the <key>Super</key> key?"
msgstr "<key>Super</key> キーとは何ですか?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can usually
be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a Windows logo
on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the activities overview is displayed. This key can
usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a
Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
+msgid "When you press the <key>Super</key> key, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview is displayed. This key
can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a
Windows logo on it. It is sometimes called the <em>Windows key</em> or system key."
msgstr "<key>Super</key> キーを押すと、アクティビティ画面が表示されます。通常、このキーは、キーボードの最下段左側、<key>Alt</key>
キーの隣に位置しています。たいていの場合、キートップに Windows ロゴが刻印されています。<em>Windows キー</em>や、システムキーなどと呼ばれることもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows
key."
+msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, you will have a <key>⌘</key> (Command) key instead of the Windows key,
while Chromebooks have a magnifying glass instead."
msgstr "Apple 製のキーボードをお使いの場合、Windows キーではなく、<key>⌘</key> (Command) キーが相当します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To change which key is used to display the activities overview:"
+msgid "To change which key is used to display the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示するキーを変更する手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview, then open the
<app>Settings</app>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgid "Click the <gui style=\"tab\">Shortcuts</gui> tab."
msgstr "<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -4743,10 +4897,6 @@ msgid "Select <gui>System</gui> on the left side of the window, and <gui>Show th
msgstr "ウィンドウ左側で<gui>システム</gui>を選択し、その右側で<gui>アクティビティ画面を表示する</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
-msgstr "右側の現在のショートカット定義をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Hold down the desired key combination."
msgstr "割り当てるキーの組み合わせを押します。"
@@ -4806,23 +4956,29 @@ msgstr "キーボードには、様々な言語向けに、様々なレイアウ
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Region &
Language</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
-msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui>."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Region & Language</gui> to open the panel."
msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui> をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
+msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button, select the language which is associated with the layout, then select a
layout and press<gui>Add</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、レイアウトを選択して、<gui>追加</gui> をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>,
or by clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
-msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
+msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list of <gui>Input Sources</gui> and
clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\"
height=\"16\">preview</media></gui>"
msgstr "レイアウトのイメージをプレビュー表示できます。一覧からレイアウトを選択し、<gui><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">プレビュー</media></gui>
をクリックするか、レイアウトの追加時のポップアップウィンドウで<gui>プレビュー</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because
they have an icon <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\"
height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> depicted. If you want to access these extra parameters, select the
language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> button will give
you access to the extra settings."
+msgid "Certain languages offer some extra configuration options. You can identify those languages because
they have a <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\"
height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> icon next to them. If you want to access these extra parameters, select
the language from the <gui>Input Source</gui> list and a new <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preferences</media></gui> button will
give you access to the extra settings."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -4836,7 +4992,7 @@ msgid "The top bar will display a short identifier for the current layout, such
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard
Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and
backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key> </keyseq> and to the previous one with
<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key> <key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the
<gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
+msgid "The fastest way to change to another layout is by using the <gui>Input Source</gui> <gui>Keyboard
Shortcuts</gui>. These shortcuts open the <gui>Input Source</gui> chooser where you can move forward and
backward. By default, you can switch to the next input source with <keyseq><key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> and to the previous one with
<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>. You can change these shortcuts in the
<gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -5075,6 +5231,18 @@ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
msgstr "ウィンドウメニューを表示します。ウィンドウのタイトルバーを右クリックするのと同じような動作になります。"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
msgstr "Jeremy Bicha"
@@ -5093,17 +5261,23 @@ msgstr "キーボードをコンピューターに接続していない、ある
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
-msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
-msgstr "<gui>タイピング支援</gui> をオンにし、スクリーンキーボードを表示します。"
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+msgid "Switch on <gui>Screen Keyboard</gui> in the <gui>Typing</gui> section."
+msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you then
click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+msgid "When you next have the opportunity to type, the on-screen keyboard will open at the bottom of the
screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are available if you
then click the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, click the <gui>Abc</gui> button."
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"bottom\">123</gui> button to enter numbers and symbols. More symbols are
available if you then press the <gui>{#*</gui> button. To return to the alphabet keyboard, press the
<gui>Abc</gui> button."
msgstr "数字と記号を入力するには <gui>123</gui> ボタンをクリックします。<gui>{#*</gui>
ボタンをクリックすれば、もっと多くの記号が入力できます。アルファベットのキーボードに戻るには、<gui>Abc</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If the screen keyboard gets in your way, click the button that looks like a keyboard (next to the
<gui>tray</gui> button) to hide the keyboard. To make the keyboard show again, open the <link
xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom right of the screen),
and click the keyboard tray item."
+msgid "You can press the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">keyboard</media></gui> icon to hide
the keyboard temporarily. The keyboard will show again automatically when you next press on something where
you can use it. To make the keyboard show again, open the <link xref=\"shell-notifications\">messaging
tray</link> (by moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen), and press the keyboard icon."
msgstr
"スクリーンキーボードが邪魔になるときは、トレイボタンの隣にあるキーボードマークのボタンをクリックして、キーボードを非表示にしてください。キーボードを再表示するには、マウスボタンを画面右下に移動して<link
xref=\"shell-notifications\">メッセージトレイ</link>を開き、キーボードトレイのアイテムをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -5139,8 +5313,10 @@ msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
msgstr "キーボードショートカットに割り当てるキーを変更する方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgid "Select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+msgstr "<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current
shortcut definition will change to <gui>New accelerator…</gui>"
@@ -5167,7 +5343,6 @@ msgid "Launch help browser"
msgstr "ヘルプブラウザーを起動"
#. (itstool) path: td/p
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "無効"
@@ -5790,46 +5965,58 @@ msgstr "キーボード"
msgid "Region & Language"
msgstr "地域と言語"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
-msgstr "デスクトップの背景に画像や色、グラデーションを設定します。"
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "April Gonzales"
msgstr "April Gonzales"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
+msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background or lock screen background."
+msgstr "デスクトップの背景に画像や色、グラデーションを設定します。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Change the desktop background"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change the desktop background"
+msgid "Change the desktop and lock screen backgrounds"
msgstr "デスクトップの背景を変更する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
+msgid "You can change the image used for your backgrounds or set it to a be a solid color."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Background</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the image of your current wallpaper in the center."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Background</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select the <gui>Background</gui> or <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>入力ソース</gui>タブを選択し、<gui>オプション</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "There are three choices displayed on top:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with
GNOME. Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these
wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
+msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with
GNOME. Some wallpapers change throughout the day. These wallpapers have a small clock icon in the
bottom-right corner."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo
management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your Pictures
folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set as
Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and selecting
<guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Pictures</gui> to use one of your own photos from your <file>Pictures</file> folder. Most
photo management applications store photos there. If you would like to use an image that is not in your
Pictures folder, either use <app>Files</app> by right-clicking on the image file and selecting <gui>Set as
Wallpaper</gui>, or <app>Image Viewer</app> by opening the image file and selecting
<guiseq><gui>Image</gui><gui>Set as Desktop Background</gui></guiseq>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select <gui>Colors</gui> to just use a flat color."
+msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "The settings are applied immediately."
@@ -5853,7 +6040,7 @@ msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is no
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To solve this, click your name on the top bar and go to <gui>Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section,
choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the
screen look better."
+msgid "To solve this, open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Displays</gui>. Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open panel. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui>
options and set the one that makes the screen look better."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -5874,8 +6061,8 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+msgid "Click on <gui>Displays</gui> to open panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
@@ -5891,7 +6078,7 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
+msgid "Change the resolution or rotation of the screen"
msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -5903,15 +6090,13 @@ msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have dif
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
+msgid "Select the resolution and rotation."
msgstr "お好みの解像度と回転方向を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That
way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If
you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change
its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect
Displays</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 20 seconds before reverting back. That
way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If
you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep Changes</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -5919,7 +6104,7 @@ msgid "Resolution"
msgstr "解像度"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed.
Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use
a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the
aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
+msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed.
Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use
a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the
aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion, by adding black bars to the
top and bottom or both sides of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -5931,7 +6116,7 @@ msgid "Rotation"
msgstr "回転方向"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to
change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the
<gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
+msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to
change the display rotation. You can rotate what you see on your screen by pressing the buttons with the
arrows."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -6013,7 +6198,15 @@ msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while ty
msgstr
"ラップトップ上のタッチパッドは、タイプ中に手首を置く場所にあるため、たまに思いがけずクリックしてしまう原因になります。タイプ中にタッチパッドを無効にすることができます。最後のキー入力のあと少ししてからタッチパッドを動作することができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Mouse &
Touchpad</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui> to open the panel."
msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -6120,7 +6313,9 @@ msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button fo
msgstr "特殊なアプリケーションには、中ボタンに他の機能を割り当てているものもあります。アプリケーションのヘルプで、<em>中クリック (middle-click)</em> や、<em>中ボタン
(middle mouse button)</em> などをキーに検索してください。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
+msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the numeric keypad."
msgstr "マウスキーを有効にして、キーパッドでマウス操作を行います。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -6132,27 +6327,23 @@ msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can
msgstr "マウスやその他のポインティングデバイスを使うのが困難な場合は、キーボードのテンキーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを操作できます。この機能は<em>マウスキー</em>と呼ばれています。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give keyboard focus to the top
bar."
-msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、キーボードフォーカスをトップバーにあてます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access
menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
-msgstr "左右の矢印キーを使い、<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</link>を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
+msgid "You can access the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing on it, by moving your mouse pointer
against the top-left corner of the screen, using <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>
followed by <key>Enter</key> or using <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
+msgid "Use the up and down arrow keys to select <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> in the <gui>Pointing and
Clicking</gui> section then press <key>Enter</key>."
msgstr "上下の矢印キーを使い、<gui>マウスキー</gui> を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer
using the keypad."
msgstr "<key>Num Lock</key>が OFF になっていることを確認してください。キーパッドを使ってマウスポインターを動かすことができるようになります。"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select
<gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
-msgstr "この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。アクセシビリティオプションの詳細については、<gui>ユニバーサルアクセスの設定</gui>を開いてください。"
-
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If
you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function
(<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on
a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If
you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function
(<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on
a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
+msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If
you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function
(<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on
a laptop, you can purchase external USB or bluetooth numeric keypads."
msgstr "キーパッドとは、キーボードの数字キーをひとまとめにしたものです。通常は四角の格子状に並んでいます。お使いのキーボードにキーパッドが無い場合 (ラップトップ用キーボードなど)、ファンクション
(<key>Fn</key>) キーを押しながら、キーボードの何か別のキーをキーパッドの代わりとして使う場合があります。この機能をラップトップ上でよく使うのであれば、外付けの USB
キーパッドを購入するとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -6285,14 +6476,18 @@ msgstr "マウスやタッチパッドを操作したときに、ポインター
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
+msgid "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you. You will
see one slider per each pointing device, such as mouse or touchpad."
msgstr "<gui>ポインターの速度</gui> で、ポインターの動きがちょうど良くなるまで、<gui>加速</gui>と<gui>感度</gui>のスライダーを調節してください。"
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable
settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the
<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
+msgid "You can set different pointer speed for each type of device. For example, you can have one scroll
speed for a laptop touchpad and another for a mouse. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of
device are not the best for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and
<gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
msgstr
"感度と加速は、マウスおよびタッチパッドのそれぞれにたいして個別に設定できます。一方のデバイスの最適な設定が、他方にも最適であるとはかぎりません。<gui>マウス</gui>タブと<gui>タッチパッド</gui>タブの両方でスライダーを設定してください。"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad, while the
<gui>Mouse</gui> section is only visible when a mouse is plugged in."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
#, fuzzy
msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
@@ -6307,6 +6502,14 @@ msgstr "タッチパッドでクリックやスクロールする"
msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware
buttons."
msgstr "ボタンを利用せずにタッチパッドを使って、クリックやダブルクリック、ドラッグ、スクロールができます。"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+msgid "Tap to click"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "You can tap your touchpad to click instead of using a button."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
@@ -6352,7 +6555,7 @@ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブ
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two
fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal
scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your
fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your
touchpad."
+msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two
fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. Move your fingers between the top and bottom
of your touchpad to scroll up and down, or move your fingers across the touchpad to scroll sideways. Be
careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one
big finger to your touchpad."
msgstr
"<gui>スクロール</gui>の下にある<gui>二指でのスクロール</gui>を選ぶと、2つの指でスクロールします。二指でのスクロールを選んだ場合、1つの指でのタップやドラッグは通常に動きますが、タッチパッドの一部を2つの指で交差して指を動かすことでスクロールの代わりとなります。<gui>水平スクロールを有効にする</gui>も選んだ場合、2つの指で左右平行に指を動かすと、水平にスクロールします。指が少し離れているか注意してください。もし指が近くにある場合、タッチパッド大きな1つの指のように認識します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -6360,7 +6563,7 @@ msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
msgstr "2つの指でのスクロールは、すべてのタッチパッドで機能しないかもしれません。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
+msgid "Natural scrolling"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -6368,11 +6571,12 @@ msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the to
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Natural scrolling</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
+msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -7386,11 +7590,15 @@ msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
msgstr "ウェブサイトを開くウェブブラウザーの変更"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to
that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you
wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up
to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser
you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
+msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to
that page. However, if you have more than one browser installed, the page may not open up in the browser you
wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
msgstr
"何かのアプリケーションでウェブページへのリンクをクリックすると、ウェブブラウザーが自動で立ち上がり、そのページを開きます。しかしながら、複数のブラウザーがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるブラウザーでページが開く場合もあります。既定のウェブブラウザーを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of
the window."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side
of the window."
+msgid "Choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
msgstr "<gui>詳細</gui>を開き、ウィンドウ左側の一覧から<gui>既定のアプリケーション</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -7398,7 +7606,9 @@ msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing
msgstr "<gui>ウェブ</gui>オプションを変更し、リンクを開くのに使用するウェブブラウザーを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any
more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself
as the default browser again."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any
more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself
as the default browser again."
+msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any
more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it does not try to set itself
as the default browser again."
msgstr "別のウェブブラウザーを起動すると、それがもう既定のブラウザーではないことを通知するブラウザーもあります。こういう場合は、<gui>キャンセル</gui>ボタン (あるいは類似のもの)
をクリックして、そのブラウザーを既定のブラウザーに設定し直さないようにできます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -7411,7 +7621,9 @@ msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
msgstr "メール作成に使うアプリケーションの変更"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing
application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you
have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix
this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing
application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you
have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix
this by changing which one is the default email application:"
+msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing
application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write.
However, if you have more than one mail application installed, the wrong mail application might open up. You
can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
msgstr "メール送信用のボタンやリンクをクリックすると
(たとえばワープロソフト上で)、既定のメールクライアントが起動し、メールを作成できるようになります。しかしながら、複数のメールクライアントがインストールされている環境では、期待とは異なるクライアントが起動する場合もあります。既定のメールクライアントを変更することで、この問題を修正できます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -7450,6 +7662,18 @@ msgstr "GNOME ドキュメンテーションプロジェクト"
msgid "Email & email software"
msgstr "メールとメールソフトウェア"
+#. (itstool) path: media
+#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
+#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
+#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
+#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "external ref='figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png' md5='__failed__'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
msgstr ""
@@ -7467,11 +7691,22 @@ msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left,
depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Network</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Network</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which network
connection you want to find the IP address for."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
+msgid "You will see the IP address for a wired connection on the right, or open the connection details by
pressing on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png\"
width=\"16\" height=\"16\">details</media></gui> button to see the <gui>Details</gui> for wireless network."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
@@ -7487,7 +7722,7 @@ msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same."
+msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, both of these addresses may be the same."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -7782,11 +8017,12 @@ msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left
(depending on which device you want to check)."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> or <gui>Wired</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which device you
want to check."
+msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
+msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui> on the right for a wired
connection, or open the connection details by pressing on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">details</media></gui> button to see the
<gui>Details</gui> for wireless network."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -7794,7 +8030,7 @@ msgid "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself."
+msgid "You may have to enter network settings if they don't get assigned automatically."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -7811,35 +8047,48 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
+msgid "Click on <gui>Settings</gui> to open the control center."
+msgstr "ボタンバーの <gui>+</gui> ボタンを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click <gui>Configure</gui>. For
example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at <gui>Wired</gui>."
+msgid "In the left pane, select the network connection that you want to set up manually and click the <media
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\">settings</media> button. For example, if you plug
in to the network with a cable, click <gui>Wired</gui>. For a <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, the <media
type=\"image\" src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.svg\">settings</media> button will be located next to the
active network."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in. Otherwise, you won't
be able to click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+msgid "Make sure that your wireless card is turned on or a network cable is plugged in."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
+msgid "Click <gui>IPv4</gui> and change <gui>Addresses</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>表示形式</gui>セクションから<gui>一覧</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Type in the <gui>Address</gui> and <gui>Gateway</gui>, as well as the appropriate <gui>Netmask</gui>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway
IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or
<key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
+msgid "These must be <em>IP addresses</em>; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g.
123.45.6.78)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods
(e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
+msgid "In the <gui>DNS</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>. Enter the IP address of
a DNS servers you want to use. Enter additional DNS server addresses using the <key>+</key> button."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use in the corresponding field, separated by
commas."
+msgid "In the <gui>Routes</gui> section, switch <gui>Automatic</gui> to <gui>OFF</gui>. Enter the the
<gui>Address</gui>, <gui>Netmask</gui>, <gui>Gateway</gui> and <gui>Metric</gui> for a route you want to use.
Enter additional routes using the <key>+</key> button."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the top bar
and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network,
for example."
+msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the system status area on the
top bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the
network, for example."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -7851,30 +8100,40 @@ msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they
probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless
connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
+msgid "When you set up a network connection, all other users on your computer will normally be able to use
it. If the connection information is not shared, you should check the connection settings."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it
up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to
connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> from the list on the left."
+msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left
(depending on which network connection you want to change)."
+msgid "Open the connection details by pressing on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/emblem-system-symbolic.png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">details</media></gui> button to see the
<gui>Details</gui> for wireless network."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able
to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
+msgid "Select <gui>Identity</gui> from the panel on the left side."
+msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin
password to save the changes. Only <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin users</link> can do this."
+msgid "At the bottom of the <gui>Identity</gui> panel, check the <gui>Make available to other users</gui>
option to allow other users to use the network connection."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Apply</gui> to save the changes."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further
details."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Any user can change this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
msgstr ""
@@ -7884,35 +8143,7 @@ msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the
connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can
<em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative
rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only
highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection
is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage
their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the
connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left,
depending on which connection you want to change."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be able
to manage/edit themselves and then click <gui>Options</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will
now be able to manage the connection themselves."
+msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the
connection to be <em>available to all users</em>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can
<em>connect</em> using that connection."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -7924,7 +8155,7 @@ msgid "Network problems"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
+msgid "A proxy is an intermediary for web traffic, it can be used for accessing web services anonymously,
for control or security purposes."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -7945,19 +8176,18 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on the left side of the
window."
+msgid "Select <gui>Network proxy</gui> from the list on the left."
msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
+msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use from:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web."
+msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content from the web."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
@@ -7970,27 +8200,27 @@ msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
+msgid "A URL pointing to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen
configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
+msgid "Applications that use the network connection will use your specified proxy settings."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Steven Richards"
msgstr "Steven Richards"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason
that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it.
Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux
is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security
features included with each distribution."
+msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it is known for. One reason
that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it.
Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems, like Windows, that have an extremely large user base.
Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the
security features included with each distribution."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -8026,7 +8256,7 @@ msgid "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive inform
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level
permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing
anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
+msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level
permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or which are not well-known. Providing
anyone or anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -8106,7 +8336,7 @@ msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection."
+msgid "Set up a VPN connection to a local network over the internet."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -8130,8 +8360,10 @@ msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "In the list on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new connection."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
+msgid "In the list on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a new connection."
+msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Choose <gui>VPN</gui> in the interface list, and click <gui>Create…</gui>."
@@ -8146,15 +8378,15 @@ msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, enteri
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar, go to <gui>VPN
Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection -
the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
+msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the system status area on the top bar, click
<gui>VPN</gui> and select the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the
network icon will change as it tries to connect."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN
settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network icon, clicking <gui>Network Settings</gui> and
going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
+msgid "Hopefully you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN
settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the system status area on the top bar, click <gui>VPN</gui>
followed by <gui>VPN Settings</gui>, then select the connection you just created."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network icon on the top bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui>
under the name of your VPN connection."
+msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the system status area on the top bar and click
<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -8227,16 +8459,23 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
+#| msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Click the system status area on the top bar and select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>日時の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot...</gui> button."
msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from
that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click
<gui>Create Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
+msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from
that network. A single wireless adapter can connect to or create only one network at a time. Click <gui>Turn
On</gui> to confirm."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -8256,7 +8495,7 @@ msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wirele
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> on. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch off
airplane mode again."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection until
you switch airplane mode off again."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -8277,8 +8516,14 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>をクリックします。"
+msgid "Click the system status area on the top bar, select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, then click <gui>Select
Network</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
+msgid "Click the name of the network you want to connect to, then click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr "送信するファイルを選び、<gui>選択</gui>ボタンを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "If the name of the network isn't in the list, try clicking <gui>More</gui> to see if the network is
further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link
xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
@@ -8317,7 +8562,7 @@ msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay
connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network
icon on the top bar will spin or pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if
you were using the internet at the time."
+msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay
connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network
icon on the top bar will display three dots if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially
if you were using the internet at the time."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -8361,180 +8606,7 @@ msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for e
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network
connection. To edit a connection, select it in the <gui>Network</gui> settings, then click
<gui>Options</gui>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't
need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more
advanced networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Connect automatically"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever
it is in range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to
the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't
disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Available to all users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless
network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked
this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be
able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to
change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Wireless"
-msgstr "無線"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "SSID"
-msgstr "SSID"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service
Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example,
by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Mode"
-msgstr "モード"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where
computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where
there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are
infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and
<gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate
on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only
<gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In
busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your
connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "BSSID"
-msgstr "BSSID"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network
which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of
letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link
xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Device MAC address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network
hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can
connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC アドレス</link>はネットワークハードウェア（たとえば無線カードや Ethernet
ネットワークカード、ルーターなど）を識別するためのコードです。ネットワークに繋ぐことができるすべてのデバイスには、メーカーで設定された一意の MAC アドレスが割り当てられています。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
-msgstr "このオプションはネットワークカードの MAC アドレスを変更するために使用します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Cloned MAC address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if
you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable
broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service
will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of
data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small
chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost
(due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this
setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Wireless Security"
-msgstr "無線セキュリティ"
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "セキュリティ"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help
protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what
websites you're visiting and so on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless
networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of
security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/>
for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "IPv4 Settings"
-msgstr "IPv4 設定"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it
should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "The following methods are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
-msgstr "自動 (DHCP)"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server
is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings
your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the
correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will
have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which
IP address the computer should use."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: title/gui
-msgid "Link-Local Only"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP
server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the
computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful
if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that
<gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same
network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "IPv6 Settings"
-msgstr "IPv6 設定"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern
networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you
might be out of range."
+msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, and other places to look."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -8566,32 +8638,41 @@ msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless network."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
+msgid "Connect to a wireless network that is not displayed in the network list."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up
in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network icon on the top bar (or the list of
wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
+msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up
in the list of wireless networks displayed in the <gui>Network</gui> settings. To connect to a hidden
wireless network:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
+msgid "Click the <gui>Connect to Hidden Network...</gui> button."
+msgstr "<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択する。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Other</gui> from the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list."
+msgid "In the window that appears, select a previously-connected hidden network using the
<gui>Connection</gui> drop-down list, or <gui>New</gui> for a new one."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click
<gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgid "For a new connection, type the network name and choose the type of wireless security from the
<gui>Wi-Fi security</gui> drop-down list."
msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択する。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Enter the password or other security details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network
name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like
this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
msgstr ""
@@ -8605,7 +8686,7 @@ msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off
and on again…"
+msgid "Double-check the password, and other things to try."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -8909,7 +8990,7 @@ msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that th
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the network icon and make sure that <gui>Wireless</gui> is set to ON. You should also check
that <link xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
+msgid "Click the system status area on the top bar and select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>, then select <gui>Wi-Fi
Settings</gui>. Make sure that <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> is set to <gui>ON</gui>. You should also check that <link
xref=\"net-wireless-airplane\">Airplane Mode is not switched on</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -9067,7 +9148,7 @@ msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are
a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time;
reduce the display brightness (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically
suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
+msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are
a number of options that will help to save power: you can automatically dim the display after a certain time,
reduce the display brightness and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link>
if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -9079,7 +9160,7 @@ msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Reduce the screen brightness; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop
power consumption."
+msgid "Reduce the screen brightness: powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop
power consumption."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -9186,6 +9267,55 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware is not completely
supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find
that you are unable to resume your computer after you have closed the lid. You can try to <link
xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying
to suspend when you close the lid."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "These instructions will only work if you are using <app>systemd</app>. Contact your distribution for
more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "If you do not want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for
that behavior. You will need to have an <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrator password</link> to
change the setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with
the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Run the following command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "You will now see the contents of the file. Look for <code>HandleLidSwitch=</code> in the file. The
line may be quoted out with a <code>#</code> at the start and may be followed by an argument. If the line
already exists, unquote it. Otherwise, add the line."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/code
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"[Login]\n"
+"HandleLidSwitch=<input>lock</input>\n"
+" "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "You can use <input>lock</input> for the screen to lock, <input>ignore</input> for nothing to happen,
<input>poweroff</input> for the computer to switch off or <input>suspend</input> to suspend. For more
information, see <link href=\"man:logind.conf\">logind.conf help</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Once you finish editing the file, save your changes and quit the editor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Run the following command to make your change work:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If you do not run that command, the change will only work after your computer is restarted."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
msgstr ""
@@ -9343,24 +9473,22 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Wi-Fi</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>メディア共有</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
-msgstr ""
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
+msgid "Switch the wireless <gui>Off</gui> and then <gui>On</gui> again."
+msgstr "<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>プライバシー</gui>を開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then switch it off again"
+msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch <gui>On</gui> the <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then
switch it <gui>Off</gui> again."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again."
+msgid "If this does not work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again. If you are still
having problems after that, connect to the internet using an Ethernet cable and update your computer."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -9476,7 +9604,7 @@ msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to
save power."
+msgid "The screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -9484,7 +9612,7 @@ msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in
order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
+msgid "If it is possible to set the brightness of your screen, it will dim when the computer is idle in
order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -9493,8 +9621,19 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Power</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Power</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Blank screen</gui> to <gui>Off</gui> in the <gui>Power Saving</gui> section."
+msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
@@ -9597,490 +9736,538 @@ msgstr "ユーザー設定およびシステム設定"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "両面印刷、または用紙 1 枚に複数ページを印刷します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "両面印刷および複数ページレイアウト"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用紙の両面に印刷する方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>印刷</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the
<gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your
printer."
msgstr ""
+"印刷ダイアログの<gui>ページの設定</gui>タブを開き、<gui>両面印刷</gui>ドロップダウンリストからオプションを選択します。オプション選"
+"択が無効になっている場合、お使いのプリンターは両面印刷に対応していません。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your
printer to see how it works."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターにより両面印刷の処理方法が異なります。期待通りに印刷できるかお使いのプリンターでテスト印刷してみるとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages
per side</gui> option to do this."
msgstr ""
+"用紙の<em>片側</em>ごとにページを印刷し、用紙一面あたり複数ページの印刷をすることもできます。複数ページ印刷をする場合は<gui>段組み印刷</"
+"gui>オプションを使用します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the
application you are using. This option may not always be available."
msgstr ""
+"このオプションが利用できるかどうかはお使いのプリンタータイプやアプリケーションによって異なります。常にオプションが利用できるわけではありません。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Print folded booklets (like a book or pamphlet) using normal A4/Letter-size paper."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "通常の A4 あるいはレターサイズの用紙を使って、本やパンフレット用の製本印刷をします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Print folded booklets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "製本印刷する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can make folded booklets (like a small book or pamphlet) by printing pages of a document in a
special order and changing a couple of printing options."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "小冊子やパンフレットなどを作成するには、製本印刷用の特殊なページ順序およびオプションを指定して印刷します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "These instructions are for printing a booklet from a PDF document."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ここでは PDF ドキュメントを製本印刷するための手順を説明します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "If you want to print a booklet from a <app>LibreOffice</app> document, first export it to a PDF by
choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Export as PDF…</gui></guiseq>. Your document needs to have a multiple of
4 number of pages (4, 8, 12, 16,…). You may need to add up to 3 blank pages."
msgstr ""
+"<app>LibreOffice</app> ドキュメントを製本印刷したい場合は、まず<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>PDF "
+"としてエクスポート…</gui></guiseq>を選択してドキュメントを PDF に変換します。ドキュメントの合計ページ数は 4 "
+"の倍数にする必要があります (4、8、12、16 など)。必要に応じて、空白ページを最大 3 ページ追加してください。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "To print a booklet:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "製本印刷を行う方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Go to the <gui>General</gui> tab. Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>全般</gui>タブを開きます。<em>範囲</em>オプションの<gui>ページ</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Type the numbers of the pages in this order (n is the total number of pages, and a multiple of 4):"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ページ番号を次の順番で入力します (n は 4 の倍数となる合計ページ数に置き換えてください)。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
msgstr ""
+"n, 1, 2, n-1, n-2, 3, 4, n-3, n-4, 5, 6, n-5, n-6, 7, 8, n-7, n-8, 9, 10, "
+"n-9, n-10, 11, 12, n-11…"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "Examples:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "例:"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "4 page booklet: Type <input>4,1,2,3</input>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "4 ページの冊子の場合、<input>4,1,2,3</input> と入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "8 page booklet: Type <input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "8 ページの冊子の場合、<input>8,1,2,7,6,3,4,5</input> と入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "20 page booklet: Type <input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input>"
msgstr ""
+"20 "
+"ページの冊子の場合、<input>20,1,2,19,18,3,4,17,16,5,6,15,14,7,8,13,12,9,10,11</input> "
+"と入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Now, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "次に、<gui>ページの設定</gui> タブを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> option, select <gui>Short Edge (Flip)</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<em>レイアウト</em>の下にある<gui>両面印刷</gui>オプションで<gui>短辺 (折り返し)</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option, select <gui>2</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>段組み印刷</gui>オプションで <gui>2</gui> を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>Page ordering</gui> menu, select <gui>Left to right</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>ページの順番</gui>というオプションで<gui>左から右へ</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>印刷</gui>を押します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Print a booklet on a single-sided printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "片面印刷のプリンターで製本印刷をする"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "To print:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Choose the <gui>General</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>全般</gui>タブを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Under <em>Range</em>, choose <gui>Pages</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<em>範囲</em>オプションの<gui>ページ</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "…until you have typed all of the pages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "上記を全ページ分入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "12 page booklet: Type <input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "12 ページの冊子の場合、<input>12,1,2,11,10,3,4,9,8,5,6,7</input> と入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "16 page booklet: Type <input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input>"
msgstr ""
+"16 ページの冊子の場合、<input>16,1,2,15,14,3,4,13,12,5,6,11,10,7,8,9</input> と入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Choose the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>ページの設定</gui> タブを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Under <em>Layout</em>, in the <gui>Two-sided</gui> menu, select <gui>One Sided</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<em>レイアウト</em>の下にある<gui>両面印刷</gui>オプションで<gui>片面</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>Pages per side</gui> menu, select <gui>2</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>段組み印刷</gui>オプションで <gui>2</gui> を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Odd sheets</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>印刷の対象</gui>オプションで<gui>奇数ページ</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "When all the pages have printed, flip the pages over and place them back in the printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "指定ページの印刷が完了したら、印刷用紙を裏返してプリンターにセットしなおします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>Only print</gui> menu, select <gui>Even sheets</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>印刷の対象</gui>オプションで<gui>偶数ページ</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "How to print a folded, multi-page booklet using A4 or Letter-sized paper."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "A4 またはレターサイズの用紙で複数ページの製本印刷を行う方法を説明します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Print a booklet"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "小冊子を印刷する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can print a booklet from a PDF."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PDF から小冊子の印刷ができます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "If the number of pages in your PDF document is not a multiple of 4, you should add the appropriate
number of blank pages (1,2 or 3) to make it a multiple of 4. To do so, you can:"
msgstr ""
+"PDF ドキュメントのページ数が 4 の倍数でない場合は、空白ページ (1、2、ないし 3 ページ) を追加して合計ページ数を 4 "
+"の倍数にする必要があります。次の手順でページを追加します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Create a <app>LibreOffice</app> document with the number (1-3) of blank pages needed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "必要な空白ページ数 (1、2、ないし 3 ページ) の <app>LibreOffice</app> ドキュメントを作成します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Export the blank pages to a PDF by choosing <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Export as
PDF…</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "検索パラメーターに満足すれば、<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>検索結果の保存</gui></guiseq> の順にクリックします。"
+msgstr ""
+"<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>PDF としてエクスポート…</gui></guiseq>を選択して、空白ページを PDF "
+"に変換します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Merge the blank pages with your PDF document using <app>PDF-Shuffler</app> or <app>PDF Mod</app>,
placing the blank pages at the end."
msgstr ""
+"<app>PDF-Shuffler</app> や <app>PDF Mod</app> などを使って、作成した空白ページと印刷対象のPDF "
+"ドキュメントを結合します。空白ページはドキュメントの最後に配置します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Select the type of printer you will be using for printing from the list below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "お使いのプリンタータイプを以下の一覧から選択してください。"
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Jana Svarova"
msgstr "Jana Svarova"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
+msgstr "保留中の印刷ジョブを取り消してキューから削除します。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷ジョブの取り消し、一時停止、解放"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンター設定から、保留中の印刷ジョブを取り消してキューから削除することができます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Cancel a print job"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷ジョブを取り消す"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to
waste any ink or paper."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "誤って印刷を実行してしまった場合は、インクや用紙を無駄遣いしないよう印刷を取り消すことができます。"
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
+msgstr "印刷ジョブを取り消す方法は次のとおりです。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Printers</gui>."
msgstr ""
+"<gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</gui>画面を開き、<gui>Printer</gui>と入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>プリンター</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+msgstr "<gui>プリンター</gui>ダイアログの右側にある<gui>ジョブの表示</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the pay-pause-stop symbols."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "再生/一時停止/停止の記号上の停止ボタンをクリックして印刷ジョブを取り消します。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui>
button on your printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "期待通り印刷ジョブが取り消されない場合は、プリンター上の<gui>取り消し</gui>ボタンを長押ししてみてください。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel,
remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and
will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then
on again."
msgstr ""
+"最終手段として、特にページ数の多い印刷ジョブが取り消しできない場合などは、プリンターの給紙トレイから用紙を取り出します。これによりプリンターが用紙切れを"
+"検出して印刷を一時停止します。この状態であらためて印刷ジョブの取り消しを試みるか、プリンターの電源を一旦切ってから入れ直してみてください。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to
pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
msgstr ""
+"用紙を取り出す際は、プリンターを破損しないよう注意してください。用紙を強く引っ張り出さなければならないようなら、そのままにしておいた方がよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Pause and release a print job"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷ジョブの一時停止と解放"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer
settings and click the appropriate button."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷ジョブを一時停止または解放したい場合は、プリンター設定のジョブダイアログで対応するボタンをクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and
either pause or release the print job based on your needs."
msgstr ""
+"<gui>プリンター</gui>ダイアログ右側の<gui>ジョブの表示</gui>をクリックし、対象の印刷ジョブの一時停止または解放を行います。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用紙サイズや向きを変えて印刷します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷時に用紙サイズを変更する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4
paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
msgstr ""
+"ドキュメントの用紙サイズを変えたい場合 (US レターサイズの PDF ドキュメントをA4 "
+"サイズの用紙に印刷するなど)、ドキュメントの印刷形式を変更することができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<guiseq><gui>ファイル</gui><gui>印刷</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>ページの設定</gui>タブを開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<em>用紙</em>列の下にあるドロップダウンリストから<em>用紙サイズ</em>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>印刷</gui>をクリックしてドキュメントを印刷します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>用紙の向き</gui>オプションを使用して、向きを変更することもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
msgid "Portrait"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "縦方向"
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
msgid "Landscape"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "横方向"
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
msgid "Reverse portrait"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "縦方向 (逆向き)"
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
msgid "Reverse landscape"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "横方向 (逆向き)"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "封筒やラベルに印刷する場合は、正しい向きになっているか、正しい用紙サイズを選択しているか確認してください。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "封筒やラベルに印刷する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is
especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "たいていのプリンターは封筒やラベルシートの印刷に対応しています。これは、多数の書簡を送付する場合などに便利です。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "封筒に印刷する"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your
printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to
the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't
do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of
envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
msgstr ""
+"封筒に印刷する際に確認しておくことが二点あります。まず、プリンターが封筒のサイズを認識できるか確認してください。<gui>印刷</gui>をクリックして"
+"印刷ダイアログを表示したあと、<gui>ページの設定</gui>タブを開き、<gui>種類</gui>オプションで「Envelope」を選択します。「E"
+"nvelope」を選択できない場合は、<gui>用紙サイズ</gui>オプションで封筒サイズ (C5 など) "
+"に変更できるか確認します。お使いの封筒サイズは封筒が入っていたパッケージに記載されています。ほとんどの封筒は標準的なサイズです。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's
in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is
printed on to see which way is the right way up."
msgstr ""
+"次に、プリンターの給紙トレイに正しい向きで封筒をセットしているか確認します。詳細はプリンター付属のマニュアルを参照するか、封筒を 1 "
+"枚印刷してみて正しい向きを確認します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check
your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an
envelope in."
msgstr ""
+"封筒印刷ができないプリンターもあります。特にレーザープリンターに見られます。封筒印刷に対応していないプリンターのフィーダーに封筒を入れると、プリンターが"
+"故障する恐れがあります。封筒印刷が可能かどうかプリンターのマニュアルを確認してください。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターのカートリッジ内のインクまたはトナーの残量を確認します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターのインクやトナーの残量はどうやって確認するのですか?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of
your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
+"インクやトナーの残量を確認する方法についてはお使いのプリンターのモデルや製造元、コンピューターにインストールされているドライバーやアプリケーションなどに"
+"よって異なります。 "
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "インク残量やその他の情報を表示するディスプレイを搭載しているプリンターもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing
(HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
msgstr ""
+"たいていの HP 製プリンター用のドライバーとステータスツールが、HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) "
+"プロジェクトから提供されています。HP 以外のメーカーでは、同様の機能を備えたプロプライエタリのドライバーを提供している場合があります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app>
shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link
href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\";>list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels
application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
msgstr ""
+"あるいは、インク残量を確認、監視するアプリケーションをインストールすることもできます。<app>Inkblot</app> "
+"を使用すると、HP、Epson、Canon など多くのプリンターのインク状態を確認できます。ご使用のプリンターが<link href=\"http://l";
+"ibinklevel.sourceforge.net/#supported\">対応モデル一覧</link>に記載されているか確認してください。Epson "
+"および他の一部のプリンター用のアプリケーションとして、<app>mktink</app>というものもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink
levels."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターによっては、Linux への対応が不十分だったり、設計上インク残量を確認できないものもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+msgstr "プリンターの名前または場所をプリンター設定で変更します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Change the name or location of a printer"
-msgstr "画面の文字の大きさを変更する"
+msgstr "プリンターの名前または場所を変更する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
msgid "You can change the name or location of a printer in the printer settings."
-msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更することができます。"
+msgstr "プリンターの名前または場所をプリンター設定で変更できます。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to change the name or location of a printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターの名前または場所を変更するには、管理者権限が必要です。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change file or folder name."
msgid "Change printer name"
-msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更します。"
+msgstr "プリンター名を変更する"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "You can change the name of a file or folder."
msgid "If you want to change the name of a printer, take the following steps:"
-msgstr "ファイルやフォルダーの名前を変更することができます。"
+msgstr "プリンター名を変更する手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <key>Unlock</key> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
-msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+msgstr "右上の<key>ロック解除</key>ボタンを押してパスワードを入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "By clicking on the name, start editing the name of the printer."
-msgstr "トップパネルにあるアクセシビリティのアイコンをクリックする。"
+msgid "Click on the name of your printer, and start typing a new name for the printer."
+msgstr "プリンター名をクリックして、プリンターの新しい名前を入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
-msgstr "<key>Print</key>"
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save your changes."
+msgstr "<key>Enter</key> を押して変更を保存します。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change the default application"
msgid "Change printer location"
-msgstr "デフォルトのアプリケーションを変更する"
+msgstr "プリンターの場所を変更する"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The path to the location of the file."
msgid "To change the location of your printer:"
-msgstr "ファイルの場所を示すパスが表示されます。"
+msgstr "プリンターの場所を変更します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "By clicking on the location, start editing the location."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "場所をクリックして、場所を入力します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to save the changes."
+msgstr "<key>Enter</key> を押して変更を保存します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ページ揃え印刷や逆順印刷を行います。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ページの印刷順序を変更する"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Reverse"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "逆順にする"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse
order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
msgstr ""
+"通常、プリンターは 先頭ページを最初に印刷し、末尾ページを最後に印刷します。したがって印刷完了後にドキュメントをプリンターから回収する時はページの並びが"
+"逆になっています。必要に応じて、この印刷順序を逆にするとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "To reverse the order:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "逆順に印刷する方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>.
The last page will be printed first, and so on."
msgstr ""
+"印刷ダイアログの<gui>全般</gui>タブを開き、<em>コピー</em>オプションの<gui>ページを逆順にする</gui>にチェックを付けます。"
+"末尾ページから逆順に印刷されるようになります。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Collate"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ページを揃える"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number
by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on).
<em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
msgstr ""
+"ドキュメントを複数部印刷する場合、デフォルトではページ番号ごとにまとめて印刷されます (ページ 1 のコピーがすべて印刷されてからページ 2 "
+"のコピーが印刷される)。<em>ページを揃える</em>ことで各ページのコピーが 1 枚ずつドキュメントセットごと印刷されるようになります。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "To Collate:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ページを揃える方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷ダイアログの<gui>全般</gui>タブ内の<em>コピー</em>の下にある<gui>ページを揃える</gui>にチェックを付けます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "紙詰まりの直し方はお使いのプリンターの製造元やモデルによって異なります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "紙詰まりを直す"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "給紙方法を間違えると紙詰まりの原因となります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams.
Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but
carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
msgstr ""
+"通常、紙詰まりの直し方はプリンターのマニュアルで解説されています。一般的には、プリンターのパネルを開いて機器内に詰まっている紙を強めに、かつ慎重に引っ張"
+"り出します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's <gui>Resume</gui> button to start
printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then
start the print job again."
msgstr ""
+"紙詰まりを直したあと、印刷を再開するのにプリンターの<gui>再開</gui>ボタンを押す必要がある場合があります。プリンターによっては、電源を一旦切っ"
+"てから入れ直して印刷ジョブを再開しなければならないものもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -10090,238 +10277,268 @@ msgstr ""
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
msgstr ""
+"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
+"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "特定のページまたは範囲だけを印刷します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Print only certain pages"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "特定のページだけ印刷する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ドキュメントの特定ページだけを印刷する方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the
<gui>Range</gui> section."
msgstr ""
+"<gui>印刷</gui>ダイアログの<gui>全般</gui>タブを開き、<gui>範囲</gui>オプションの<gui>ページ</gui>を選択しま"
+"す。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to
denote a range of pages."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷するページ番号をコンマ区切りでテキストボックスに入力します。ページ範囲を指定する場合はダッシュを使います。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will
be printed."
msgstr ""
+"たとえば、<gui>ページ</gui>のテキストボックスに「1,3,5-7,9」と入力すると、ページ番号 1、3、5、6、7、および9 が印刷されます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "もっともよく使用するプリンターを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Set the default printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "デフォルトのプリンターを設定する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You
may want to pick the printer you use most often."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターが複数ある場合、どのプリンターをデフォルトで使用するか選択できます。よく使うプリンターを指定するとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "You need administrative privileges on the system to set the default printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "デフォルトのプリンターを設定するには、管理者権限が必要です。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select your desired default printer from the list of available printers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "利用可能なプリンターの一覧からデフォルトにするプリンターを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner and enter your password."
-msgstr "ウィンドウ右上の <gui>x</gui> 字の閉じるボタンをクリックする。"
+msgstr "右上にある<gui>ロック解除</gui>ボタンをクリックして、パスワードを入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select the <gui>Default</gui> option."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<gui>デフォルト</gui>オプションを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by
specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, <input>1st floor</input> or
<input>entrance</input>)."
msgstr ""
+"利用可能なプリンターの一覧から選択をする場合、プリンターの名前や場所を指定して検索結果を絞ることができます (<input>1 "
+"階</input>、<input>エントランス</input>など)。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "検索結果をフィルタリングできるのは、新規プリンター追加用ダイアログ内のみです。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a
different printer for that specific output."
msgstr ""
+"アプリケーションから印刷すれば、デフォルトのプリンターが自動的に使用されます。他のプリンターを使う場合は出力ごとにプリンターを指定する必要があります。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "コンピューターに接続したプリンターをセットアップします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Set up a local printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ローカルプリンターをセットアップする"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers
are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they are connected. Most printers
are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
+msgstr "プリンターの多くは、コンピューターに接続すると自動的に認識されます。たいていの場合、USB ケーブルでプリンターとコンピューターを接続します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
msgid "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed
in one window."
msgstr ""
+"現在では、ネットワークプリンターとローカルプリンターのどちらをインストールするのかを選択する必要はありません。すべて一つのウィンドウに表示されます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターの電源が入っていることを確認します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as
the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "適したケーブルを使ってプリンターをシステムに接続します。システムによるドライバーの検索状況が画面に表示され、インストールの認証が求められます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test
Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
msgstr ""
+"プリンターのインストールが完了するとメッセージが表示されます。<gui>テストページの印刷</gui>を選択してテストページを印刷するか、<gui>オプ"
+"ション</gui>を選択して詳細な設定を行います。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターが自動的に設定されなかった場合は、手動でプリンター設定に追加することができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Click the <key>+</key> button."
-msgstr "ウィンドウ左下部分の <key>+</key> ボタンをクリックします。"
+msgstr "<key>+</key>ボタンを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "In the pop-up window, select your new printer. Click <gui>Add</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ポップアップウィンドウで新しいプリンターを選択します。<gui>追加</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "If your printer does not appear in the Add Printer pop-up, you may need to install print drivers."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンター追加用のポップアップウィンドウにプリンターが表示されないときは、プリンタードライバーをインストールしなければならない場合があります。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change
your default printer</link>."
msgstr ""
+"プリンターをインストールしたら、<link xref=\"printing-setup-default-"
+"printer\">デフォルトプリンターの変更</link>を行うとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷物に線や筋のようなものが出る、色が出なかったり薄かったりする場合はインクレベルをチェックするか印字ヘッドの掃除を行なってみてください。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "印刷物に線や筋のようなものが出たり、違う色になってしまうのはなぜですか?"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise
poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
msgstr ""
+"印刷物に線や筋のようなものが出る、インクがかすれるなど、印刷品質が悪い場合は、プリンターに問題があるかインクやトナーの残量が少ない可能性があります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Fading text or images"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "テキストやイメージの色が薄い"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if
necessary."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "インクやトナーが切れかけている可能性があります。インクまたはトナーの残量を確認し、必要であれば新しいカートリッジを購入してください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Streaks and lines"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "線や筋のようなものが出る"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the
print head (see the printer's manual for instructions)."
msgstr ""
+"インクジェットプリンターの場合、印字ヘッドが汚れているか部分的に汚れが詰まっている可能性があります。印字ヘッドを掃除してみてください "
+"(掃除の仕方についてはプリンターのマニュアルを参照してください)。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Wrong colors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "違う色で印刷される"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new
cartridge if necessary."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "インクやトナーの特定色が切れかけている可能性があります。インクまたはトナーの残量を確認し、必要であれば新しいカートリッジを購入してください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "線がギザギザになる、直線にならない"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print
head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
msgstr ""
+"まっすぐな線で印刷されるべきなのにギザギザの線になってしまう場合、印字ヘッドを調整する必要があるかもしれません。印字ヘッドの調整方法についてはプリンター"
+"のマニュアルを参照してください。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Save a document as a PDF, Postscript or SVG file instead of sending it a printer."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ドキュメントをプリンターで印刷せずに、PDF や Postscript、SVG などのファイルに変換して保存します。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Find a lost file"
msgid "Print to file"
-msgstr "見失ったファイルを探し出す"
+msgstr "ファイルに出力する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can chose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing
to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the
document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with
someone."
+msgid "You can choose to print a document to a file instead of sending it to print from a printer. Printing
to file will create a <sys>PDF</sys>, a <sys>Postscript</sys> or a <sys>SVG</sys> file that contains the
document. This can be useful if you want to transfer the document to another machine or to share it with
someone."
msgstr ""
+"ドキュメントをプリンターで印刷する代わりに、ファイルに出力することもできます。ドキュメントをファイルに出力すると、ドキュメントの内容の "
+"<sys>PDF</sys>、<sys>Postscript</sys>、あるいは <sys>SVG</sys> "
+"ファイルが作成されます。ドキュメントを別のコンピューターへ転送したり、他の人と共有したりする場合に便利です。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Open the print dialog. This can normally be done through <gui style=\"menuitem\">Print</gui> in the
menu or using the <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> keyboard shortcut."
msgstr ""
+"印刷ダイアログを開きます。ダイアログを開くには、メニューの<gui "
+"style=\"menuitem\">印刷</gui>をクリックするか、キーボードショートカットの "
+"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>P</key></keyseq> を押します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select <gui>Print to File</gui> under <gui>Printer</gui> in the <gui style=\"tab\">General</gui> tab."
msgstr ""
+"<gui "
+"style=\"tab\">全般</gui>タブの<gui>プリンター</gui>オプションで<gui>ファイルに出力する</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "To change the default filename and where the file is saved to, click the filename below the printer
selection. Click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui> once you have finished choosing."
msgstr ""
+"デフォルトのファイル名および保存先を変更するには、プリンター一覧の下のファイル名をクリックします。ファイル名と保存先を指定して、<gui "
+"style=\"button\">選択</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "<sys>PDF</sys> is the default file type for the document. If you want to use a different <gui>Output
format</gui>, select either <sys>Postscript</sys> or <sys>SVG</sys>."
msgstr ""
+"<sys>PDF</sys> "
+"がデフォルトのファイル形式です。別の<gui>出力形式</gui>を使用したい場合は、<sys>Postscript</sys> か "
+"<sys>SVG</sys> のいずれかを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Chose your other page preferences."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "必要に応じて他のページ設定を行います。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Print</gui> to save the file."
-msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
+msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">印刷</gui>を押してファイルを保存します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-#, fuzzy
msgid "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and
collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…"
-msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">ファイルの削除</link>、<link
xref=\"files#backup\">バックアップ</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">リムーバブルドライブ</link>..."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">プリンターのセットアップ</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
+"order\">印刷順序やページ揃えの指定</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
+"2sided\">両面印刷と複数ページ印刷</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
msgctxt "link:trail"
msgid "Setup"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "設定"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Set up a printer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターをセットアップする"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
msgctxt "link:trail"
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "サイズとレイアウト"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "用紙サイズとレイアウトを変更する"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターが検出されない、紙が詰まる、きれいに印刷されない…"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
msgid "Printer problems"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "プリンターに関する問題"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-name-visibility\">Name
& visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link
xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash & temporary files</link>…"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-name-visibility\">Name
& visibility</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link
xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash & temporary files</link>…"
+msgid "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">Screen lock</link>, <link
xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">Usage history</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-purge\">Purge trash &
temporary files</link>…"
msgstr "<link xref=\"privacy-screen-lock\">画面ロック</link>, <link
xref=\"privacy-name-visibility\">名前と表示方法</link>, <link xref=\"privacy-history-recent-off\">使用と履歴</link>,
<link xref=\"privacy-purge\">ゴミ箱と一時ファイルの削除</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -10333,38 +10550,6 @@ msgid "The <em>Privacy Settings</em> in GNOME help you control whether or not ce
msgstr "<em>プライバシー設定</em>で、デスクトップの一部分を外部から見えるようにするかどうかを設定できます。また、コンピューターの使用履歴のクリアや、不要ファイルの削除もここから行うことができます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
-msgstr "画面をロックしているときに通知が表示されないようにします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Hide notifications"
-msgstr "通知を表示しない"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your screen is locked. For
example, if someone sends you an instant message while you are away from your computer, a notification will
pop-up on your screen. The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is locked."
-msgstr
"デフォルトでは、ロックが掛かっている画面にも通知メッセージが表示されます。たとえば、あなたが席を離れている間に、誰かがインスタントメッセージをあなたに送った場合、通知が画面に表示されます。ロックが掛かっていたとしてもメッセージの内容が見えることになります。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
-msgstr "メッセージを人に見られたくない場合は、この機能をオフにするとよいでしょう。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
-msgstr "画面ロック中の通知をオフにする手順は次のとおりです。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>トップバー</gui>にあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "<guiseq><gui>設定</gui><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>画面ロック</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>ロック画面に通知を表示する</gui>のスイッチをオフにします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Stop your computer from tracking your recently-used files."
msgstr "最近使用したファイルを記録しないようにします。"
@@ -10373,23 +10558,44 @@ msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
msgstr "ファイル操作履歴の記録をオフにする"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items that you have been working
on, but you may wish to keep these items private. To turn off the file history tracking features of your
desktop:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items that you have been
working on, but you may wish to keep these items private. To turn off the file history tracking features of
your desktop:"
+msgid "Tracking recently-used files and folders can make it easier to find items that you have been working
on, but you may wish to keep these items private."
msgstr
"最近使用したファイルやフォルダーの履歴を記録しておくと、継続して取り組んでいるファイルを見つけ出すのが簡単になります。しかし、履歴を他人に知られたくないこともあるでしょう。デスクトップ機能としてのファイル操作履歴の記録をオフにする手順は次のとおりです。"
+#. (itstool) path: steps/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Turn off file history tracking"
+msgid "To turn off the file history tracking features of your desktop:"
+msgstr "ファイル操作履歴の記録をオフにする"
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
-msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Privacy</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui
style=\"menu\">Usage & History</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">設定</gui><gui style=\"menu\">プライバシー</gui><gui
style=\"menu\">使用と履歴</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Privacy</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash & Temporary Files</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Usage & History</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱と一時ファイルの削除</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgid "Set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to <gui>OFF</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>On</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> switch to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr "この機能を再度有効にするには、<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -10397,38 +10603,6 @@ msgid "This setting will not affect how your web browser stores information abou
msgstr "この設定は、Web ブラウザーによる、Web サイトのアクセス履歴の管理には影響しません。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
-msgstr "トップバーに名前ではなく記号を表示します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
-msgstr "トップバーの名前を隠す"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can hide your name to protect
your privacy."
-msgstr "あなたの名前は、デフォルトで<gui>トップバー</gui>に表示されますが、プライバシー保護のために名前を隠すことができます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
-msgstr "<gui>トップバー</gui>の名前を隠す手順は次のとおりです。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name & Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "<guiseq><gui>設定</gui><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>名前と表示方法</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name in Top Bar</gui> to
<gui>Off</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>ステルスモード</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にするか、あるいは<gui>トップバーにフルネームを表示する</gui>をオフにします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full name when your screen is
locked."
-msgstr "<gui>ステルスモード</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にすると、ロック画面のフルネーム表示もオフになります。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>.\" If
you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you will need to click the small <gui>notification icon</gui>
in the <gui>top bar</gui> instead."
-msgstr "この GNOME
ヘルプの多くの箇所に「トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックする」という説明があります。<gui>トップバー</gui>に名前を表示していない場合は、名前の代わりに<gui>トップバー</gui>の小さな<gui>通知アイコン</gui>をクリックしてください。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Set how often your trash and temporary files will be cleared from your computer."
msgstr "ゴミ箱の中身や一時ファイルを削除する頻度を設定します。"
@@ -10445,19 +10619,13 @@ msgid "Automatically empty your trash and clear your temporary files after a set
msgstr "一定期間が経過したら自動的にゴミ箱の中身や一時ファイルを削除するための設定手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>トップバー</gui>にあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Settings</gui> and click the <gui>Privacy</gui> icon."
-msgstr "<gui>設定</gui>を選択し、<gui>プライバシー</gui>を開きます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select <gui>Purge Trash & Temporary Files</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱と一時ファイルの削除</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge Temporary Files</gui>
sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge Temporary Files</gui>
sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgid "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge Temporary Files</gui>
switches to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱を自動で空にする</gui>、あるいは<gui>一時ファイルを自動で削除する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -10465,6 +10633,12 @@ msgid "Set how often you would like your <em>Trash</em> and <em>Temporary Files<
msgstr "<em>ゴミ箱</em>や<em>一時ファイル</em>の削除する頻度を設定するには、<gui>次の時間経過後に削除する</gui>の値を変更します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Set the <gui>Automatically Purge Trash</gui> or <gui>Automatically Purge Temporary Files</gui>
sliders to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgid "Use the <gui>Empty Trash</gui> or <gui>Purge Temporary Files</gui> buttons to perform these actions
immediately."
+msgstr "<gui>ゴミ箱を自動で空にする</gui>、あるいは<gui>一時ファイルを自動で削除する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
@@ -10497,15 +10671,23 @@ msgid "To set the length of time before your screen locks automatically:"
msgstr "自動的に画面ロックがかかるまでの時間を設定する手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
-msgstr "<guiseq><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>画面ロック</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの取得</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the
drop-down list."
msgstr "<gui>自動画面ロック</gui>のスイッチをオンに切り替え、ロックが掛かるまでの時間をドロップダウンリストから選択します。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "To allow notifications to be displayed on the lock screen, switch <gui>Show Notifications</gui> to
<gui>ON</gui>."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the
bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click
<gui>Unlock</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the
bottom of your screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click
<gui>Unlock</gui>."
+msgid "When your screen is locked, and you want to unlock it, press <key>Esc</key>, or swipe up from the
bottom of the screen with your mouse. Then enter your password, and press <key>Enter</key> or click
<gui>Unlock</gui>."
msgstr "画面のロックを解除には、<key>Esc</key> キーを押すか、画面を下から上にマウスでドラッグします。次に、パスワードを入力して、<key>Enter</key>
キーを押すか、<gui>ロック解除</gui>ボタンを押します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -10601,7 +10783,7 @@ msgid "The video is automatically saved in your Videos folder with a file name t
msgstr "ビデオは、自動的にユーザーのビデオフォルダーに保存されます。ファイル名は、\"Screencast\" で始まり、録画した日付と時刻が含まれます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner."
+msgid "You can log in to your system using a supported fingerprint scanner instead of typing in your
password."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -10609,11 +10791,24 @@ msgid "Log in with a fingerprint"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log
in. You must have administrative privileges to perform these steps."
+msgid "If your system has a supported fingerprint scanner, you can record your fingerprint and use it to log
in."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "First, record a fingerprint the system can use to identify you."
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts.
Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as
prompted."
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to edit user accounts
other than your own."
+msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、<link
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要です。ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードあるいは管理者のパスワードを尋ねられたら入力します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Record a screencast"
+msgid "Record a fingerprint"
+msgstr "スクリーンキャストを撮る"
+
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
+msgid "Before you can log in with your fingerprint, you need to record it so that the system can use it to
identify you."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -10621,55 +10816,54 @@ msgid "If your finger is too dry, you may have difficulty registering your finge
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User
Accounts</gui> window."
-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Users</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Unlock your account using the <gui>Unlock</gui> button in the top-right corner of the <gui>User
Accounts</gui> tool."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Users</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Enter your password at the prompt."
+msgid "Press on <gui>Disabled</gui>, nexdt to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui> to add a fingerprint for the
selected account. If you are adding the fingerprint for a different user, you will first need to
<gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the <gui>Disabled</gui> option next to <gui>Fingerprint Login</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
+msgid "Select the finger that you want to use for the fingerprint, then <gui
style=\"button\">Continue</gui>."
+msgstr "削除するユーザーを選択し、<gui>-</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select an option for the fingerprint you want to register. You may choose your right index finger,
your left index finger, or a different finger. Then select <gui>Forward</gui>."
+msgid "Follow the instructions in the dialog and swipe your finger at <em>moderate speed</em> over your
fingerprint reader. You should need to swipe your finger at least five times. Once the computer has a good
record of your fingerprint, you will see a <gui>Done!</gui> message."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Swipe the finger you selected three times at a <em>moderate speed</em> over your fingerprint reader.
Each time the fingerprint reader recognizes your fingerprint properly, the corresponding picture of a hand
will transform into a picture of a fingerprint with a check mark. After the third swipe, you will see the
message <gui>Done!</gui>"
+msgid "Select <gui>Continue</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved
successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select <gui>Forward</gui>. You will see a confirmation message that your fingerprint was saved
successfully. Select <gui>Close</gui> to finish."
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+msgid "Check that your fingerprint works"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "Now check that your new fingerprint login works. If you register a fingerprint, you still have the
option to log in with your password."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link>."
+msgid "Save any open work, and then <link xref=\"shell-exit#logout\">log out</link>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">ログアウトします</link>。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Within 30 seconds, select the fingerprint button above and to the right of your name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "The fingerprint button is labeled with a picture of a hand. If the timer runs out, the button will
disappear and you will only be permitted to log in with a password. If you want to try again, select the
<gui>Cancel</gui> button and return to the previous step."
+msgid "At the login screen, select your name from the list. The password entry form will appear."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Swipe the finger you registered at a <em>moderate</em> speed over your fingerprint scanner. You will
be logged in."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "If you previously created a login keyring, it is secured by your password. To unlock it, enter your
password."
+msgid "Instead of typing your password, you should be able to swipe your finger on the fingerprint reader."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -10686,9 +10880,9 @@ msgstr "日付、時刻、数字、通貨、および計量単位のフォーマ
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
-msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>フォーマット</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
@@ -10726,8 +10920,10 @@ msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages,
msgstr "デスクトップやアプリケーションを多くの言語で使用できます。ただし、お使いのコンピューターに適切な言語パックがインストールされている必要があります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>言語</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
@@ -10749,11 +10945,13 @@ msgstr "言語を変更する場合、ログインし直したあと、あなた
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
+msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Login Screen</gui> button."
msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password,
or the password for the requested administrator account."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your
password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
+msgid "Click <gui>Language</gui>. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are
required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -10774,25 +10972,26 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Click <gui>Privacy</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
-msgid "Click <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
+msgid "Press on <gui>Screen Lock</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>スクリーンショットの取得</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Lock Screen After
Blank For</gui> drop-down list."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Make sure <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a length of time from the
drop-down list."
+msgid "If <gui>Automatic Screen Lock</gui> is on, you can change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after
blank for</gui> drop-down list."
+msgstr "<gui>自動画面ロック</gui>のスイッチをオンに切り替え、ロックが掛かるまでの時間をドロップダウンリストから選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Automatic Screen
Lock</gui> off."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network
Time</gui> on."
+msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Automatic Screen
Lock</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "必要に応じて、<gui>ネットワーク時刻</gui>をオンに切り替えることで、時計を自動的に更新することもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen
sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen
sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media sharing</link>…"
+msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-personal\">Personal
file sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Screen sharing</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-media\">Media
sharing</link>…"
msgstr "<link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\">Bluetooth 共有</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">画面共有</link>,
<link xref=\"sharing-media\">メディア共有</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -10832,13 +11031,24 @@ msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth を使ってあなたの<file>公開</file>フォルダーを共有する手順は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>共有</gui>を開きます。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sharing</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "If <gui>Sharing</gui> is <gui>OFF</gui>, switch it to <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>共有</gui>が<gui>オフ</gui>になっている場合は、<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "If the text below <gui>Computer Name</gui> allows you to edit it, you can change the name your
computer displays on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Select <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>Bluetooth 共有</gui>を選択します"
@@ -10875,6 +11085,10 @@ msgstr "信頼するデバイスだけ<file>ダウンロード</file>フォル
msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to send files to
your <file>Downloads</file> folder."
msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">閉じる</gui>ボタンを押します。これで、Bluetooth
対応のデバイスから、<file>ダウンロード</file>フォルダーにファイルを送信できるようになります。"
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "<gui>Files</gui> allows you to launch the <gui>Sharing</gui> panel directly by clicking the
<gui>Preferences</gui> button when you visit the <gui>Public</gui> folder."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
msgstr "VNC によるあなたのデスクトップの閲覧や操作を他のユーザーに許可します。"
@@ -10911,6 +11125,10 @@ msgstr "あなたのデスクトップを操作するのを他のユーザーに
msgid "This option is enabled by default when <gui>Remote View</gui> is <gui>ON</gui>."
msgstr "このオプションは、<gui>リモート表示</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にすると、デフォルトで有効になります。"
+#. (itstool) path: section/title
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr "セキュリティ"
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing
it."
msgstr "各セキュリティオプションについて、その設定を変更する前に、それぞれのオプションによる影響範囲を十分に理解しておくことが重要です。"
@@ -10976,6 +11194,58 @@ msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. You will now be able to browse o
msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">閉じる</gui>ボタンを押します。これで、選択したフォルダーにあるメディアコンテンツを、外部のデバイスから参照したり再生したりできるようになります。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui>. Bluetooth-enabled devices will now be able to access
files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgid "Let other people access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr "<gui style=\"button\">閉じる</gui>ボタンを押します。これで、Bluetooth
対応のデバイスが、<file>公開</file>フォルダーのファイルにアクセスできるようになります。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Your personal files"
+msgid "Share your personal files"
+msgstr "個人的なファイル"
+
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop
viewing application. Configure <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to allow others to access your desktop and set the
security preferences."
+msgid "You can allow access to the <file>Public</file> folder in your <file>Home</file> directory from
another computer on the network. Configure <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui> to allow others to access the
contents of the folder."
+msgstr
"別のコンピューターのデスクトップビューアーからあなたのデスクトップの表示や操作を行うことを、許可することができます。<gui>画面共有</gui>の設定をすることで、デスクトップへのアクセスを他のユーザーに許可したり、セキュリティ上の設定を行うことができます。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You must have the <app>Vino</app> package installed for <gui>Screen Sharing</gui> to be visible."
+msgid "You must have the <app>gnome-user-share</app> package installed for <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>
to be visible."
+msgstr "<gui>画面共有</gui>の設定を行うには、<app>Vino</app> パッケージをインストールする必要があります。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
+msgid "<link action=\"install:gnome-user-share\" style=\"button\">Install gnome-user-share</link>"
+msgstr "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Select <gui>Media Sharing</gui>."
+msgid "Select <gui>Personal File Sharing</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>メディア共有</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To let others view your desktop, switch <gui>Remote View</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This means that
other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
+msgid "Switch <gui>Share Public Folder On This Network</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. This means that other people
will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and access files in your <file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr
"あなたのデスクトップを表示するのを他のユーザーに許可するには、<gui>リモート表示</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。これにより、他のユーザーがあなたのデスクトップに接続して画面の閲覧を試みることができるようになります。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/p
+msgid "A <em>url</em> is displayed by which your <file>Public</file> folder can be accessed from other
computers on the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, switch <gui>Require
Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
+msgid "To require other people to use a password when accessing your <file>Public</file> folder, switch
<gui>Require Password</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your
<file>Public</file> folder."
+msgstr
"誰かがあなたのデスクトップに接続しようとしたときにパスワードの入力を要求したい場合は、<gui>パスワードを要求する</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。このオプションを使用しない場合、誰でもあなたのデスクトップの閲覧を試みることができるようになります。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Add (or remove) frequently-used program icons on the dash."
msgstr "よく使うプログラムのアイコンをダッシュボードに追加 (あるいは削除) します。"
@@ -10990,7 +11260,7 @@ msgstr "アプリケーションを<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">ダッシュ
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link> by clicking
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</link> by clicking
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen"
msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11025,13 +11295,11 @@ msgid "Favorite applications also appear in the <gui>Favorites</gui> section of
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Launch apps from the activities overview."
+msgid "Launch apps from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr "アクティビティ画面からアプリを起動します。"
-#. (itstool) path: credit/name
-msgid "Shobha Tyagi"
-msgstr "Shobha Tyagi"
-
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Start applications"
msgstr "アプリケーションの起動"
@@ -11039,17 +11307,19 @@ msgstr "アプリケーションの起動"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show
the <gui>Activities Overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. (You can also open
the overview by pressing the <link xref=\"windows-key\">Super key</link>.)"
-msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the
<gui>activities overview</gui>. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the
overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgid "Move your mouse pointer to the <gui>Activities</gui> corner at the top left of the screen to show the
<gui>Activities</gui> overview. This is where you can find all of your applications. You can also open the
overview by pressing the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
msgstr
"マウスポインターを画面左上角の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>に移動すると、<gui>アクティビティ画面</gui>が表示されます。ここからすべてのアプリケーションを見つけることができます。(<link
xref=\"windows-key\">Super キー</link>を押してアクティビティ画面を表示することもできます。)"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui>
menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>activities overview</gui> by pressing the
<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <link
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui> menu</link> at the top left of the screen and select the
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> item. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key
to see your windows and applications in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Just start typing to search your
applications, files, and folders."
+msgid "You can start applications from the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Applications</gui>
menu</link> at the top left of the screen, or you can use the <gui>Activities</gui> overview by pressing the
<key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key."
+msgstr "ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、画面左上の<link
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>アプリケーション</gui>メニュー</link>を開き、<gui>アクティビティ画面</gui>を選択します。キーボードの <link
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link>
キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを検索することもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the activities overview:"
-msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the <gui>activities overview</gui>:"
+msgid "There are several ways of opening an application once you're in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
msgstr "アクティビティ画面からアプリケーションを起動する方法は、次のとおりいくつかあります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11060,7 +11330,7 @@ msgstr "キーボードからアプリケーション名を入力します。入
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand
side of the activities overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
-msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side
of the <gui>activities overview</gui>. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
+msgid "Some applications have icons in the <em>dash</em>, the vertical strip of icons on the left-hand side
of the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Click one of these to start the corresponding application."
msgstr "<em>ダッシュボード</em> (アクティビティ画面の左側にある、アイコンが縦に並んだ細長い領域)
にアイコンが配置されているアプリケーションもあります。アイコンをクリックすると、該当のアプリケーションが起動します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11093,20 +11363,24 @@ msgstr "他にもアプリケーションを起動する方法があります。
msgid "For example, to launch <app>Rhythmbox</app>, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and
type 'rhythmbox' (without the single-quotes). The name of the app is the command to launch the program."
msgstr "たとえば、<app>Rhythmbox</app> を起動するには、<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> を押した後、'rhythmbox'
と入力します (引用符は不要)。アプリの名前が、プログラムを起動するコマンド名になります。"
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
-msgstr "ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替えなどによる、アカウントの抜け方を学びます。"
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Alexandre Franke"
msgstr "Alexandre Franke"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
+msgstr "ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替えなどによる、アカウントの抜け方を学びます。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
+msgid "Log out, power off or switch users"
msgstr "ログアウト、電源オフ、ユーザー切り替え"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave
it powered on and log out."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or
leave it powered on and log out."
+msgid "When you have finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave
it powered on and log out."
msgstr "コンピューターを使い終わったあとは、電源を切ったり、(節電のために) サスペンドしたり、電源を入れたままログアウトしたりできます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -11118,7 +11392,9 @@ msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yo
msgstr
"お使いのコンピューターを誰か他の人が使用できるようにするには、ログアウトしてもいいですし、あるいはログインしたままでユーザーの切り替えを行うこともできます。ユーザー切り替えを行った場合は、使用中のアプリケーションはすべて起動したままになり、ログインしなおせば元のままの状態になっています。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top bar and select the
appropriate option."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click your name on the top bar and select the
appropriate option."
+msgid "To <gui>Log Out</gui> or <gui>Switch User</gui>, click the system menu on the right side of the top
bar, click your name and then choose the right option."
msgstr "<gui>ログアウト</gui>、あるいは<gui>ユーザーの切り替え</gui>を行うには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして該当する項目を選択してください。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -11141,9 +11417,8 @@ msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your sc
msgstr
"コンピューターからちょっと離れる場合は、画面をロックして、誰か他の人がファイルにアクセスしたり、アプリケーションを実行したりできないようにすることを推奨します。戻ってきたら、パスワードを入力するだけでログインしなおすことができます。画面をロックしていない場合は、一定の時間が経てば自動的にロックされます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui>."
-msgstr "画面をロックするには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>画面のロック</gui>を選択してください。"
+msgid "To lock your screen, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press the lock screen
button at the bottom of the menu."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#, fuzzy
@@ -11162,7 +11437,9 @@ msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you are not using it. If you us
msgstr "節電するには、コンピューターを使っていないときにサスペンドしてください。ラップトップをお使いであれば、蓋を閉じると GNOME
が自動的にコンピューターをサスペンドします。そのときの状態をコンピューターの記憶装置に保存し、コンピューターのほとんどの機能をオフにします。サスペンド中でも、ほんの少しの電力は使用されます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key>
key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to <gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click your name on the top bar and hold down the <key>Alt</key>
key. The <gui>Power Off</gui> option will change to <gui>Suspend</gui>. Select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
+msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and hold
down the <key>Alt</key> key. The power off button will change to suspend. Press the button."
msgstr "コンピューターを手動でサスペンドするには、トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックして、<key>Alt</key>
キーを押したままにします。<gui>電源オフ</gui>のオプションが<gui>サスペンド</gui>に変わります。<gui>サスペンド</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -11171,11 +11448,13 @@ msgstr "電源オフ、再起動"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click your name on the top bar
and select <gui>Power Off</gui>. A dialog will open offering you to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power
Off</gui>."
+msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the system menu on the
right side of the top bar and press the power off button at the bottom of the menu. A dialog will open
offering you the options to either <gui>Restart</gui> or <gui>Power Off</gui>."
msgstr
"完全にコンピューターの電源を切る、あるいは再起動する場合は、まず、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして<gui>ログアウト</gui>を選択し、ログアウトします。ログイン画面に戻ります。ログイン画面上部のバーにある電源のアイコンをクリックして、<gui>再起動</gui>か<gui>電源オフ</gui>のどちらかを選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer,
because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password
to power off."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer,
because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password
to power off."
+msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer
because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password
to power off."
msgstr
"他のユーザーがログインしていれば、コンピューターの電源を切ったり再起動したりすることはできないでしょう。他のユーザーのセッションを終了させることになってしまうからです。あなたがシステム管理者であれば、電源を落とすのにパスワードを求められることもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -11187,9 +11466,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='cfca3f44e612311786ba66b0d07c3efd'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-top-bar.png' md5='47dcaf839a377218b5a593c834a8aed9'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -11232,9 +11514,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='7b3b7d54e96d2f563b39fccb9a99dcb3'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-exit.png' md5='bfe2580e70c3220b06582417451cda96'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -11253,9 +11538,12 @@ msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e5
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='4ece2634b78f6bed3677635df3bf4e05'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "external ref='figures/shell-lock.png' md5='b8894ae82f64e964bc802982aa3b988a'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/universal-access-menu.png' md5='0a74b1981ea14f71e521f92f1ab6ec86'"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -11279,7 +11567,9 @@ msgid "external ref='figures/shell-window-list-classic.png' md5='83226d03f64e23f
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the activities overview."
+msgid "A visual introduction to your desktop, the top bar, and the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr "デスクトップ、トップバー、およびアクティビティ画面について画像をまじえた入門。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -11295,20 +11585,26 @@ msgid "GNOME shell top bar"
msgstr "GNOME Shell トップバー"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and
<link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in
the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn
off your computer."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and
<link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. Under your name in
the top bar, you can set your availability, change your profile or settings, log out or switch users, or turn
off your computer."
+msgid "The top bar provides access to your windows and applications, your calendar and appointments, and
<link xref=\"status-icons\">system properties</link> like sound, networking, and power. In the status menu in
the top bar, you can change the volume or screen brightness, edit your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection details,
check your battery status, log out or switch users, and turn off your computer."
msgstr "トップバーから、ウィンドウの表示、アプリケーションの起動、カレンダーや予定の確認、サウンドやネットワーク、電源などの<link
xref=\"status-icons\">システムプロパティ</link>の設定などが行えます。トップバーのあなたの名前の箇所からは、在席状態の設定、プロフィールや設定の変更、ログアウト、ユーザーの切り替え、コンピューターの電源オフなどが行えます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
#. (itstool) path: item/title
-msgid "Activities overview"
-msgstr "アクティビティ画面"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "From the <gui>Activities</gui> overview:"
+msgid "<gui>Activities</gui> overview"
+msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で次の操作を実行します。"
#. (itstool) path: media/p
msgid "Activities button"
msgstr "アクティビティボタン"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your
mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>
key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start
typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your
mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>
key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start
typing to search your applications, files, and folders."
+msgid "To access your windows and applications, click the <gui>Activities</gui> button, or just move your
mouse pointer to the top-left hot corner. You can also press the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key>
key on your keyboard. You can see your windows and applications in the overview. You can also just start
typing to search your applications, files, folders and the web."
msgstr
"ウィンドウの一覧を表示したり、アプリケーションを起動するには、<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンを押します。あるいは画面左上角のホットコーナーにマウスポインターを移動させるだけでもかまいません。キーボードの
<link xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</link>
キーを押しても同じことができます。アクティビティ画面では、ウィンドウとアプリケーションの全体を把握できます。また、キー入力するだけでアプリケーションやファイル、フォルダーを検索することもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -11328,7 +11624,9 @@ msgid "Right-clicking the icon displays a menu that allows you to pick any windo
msgstr "アイコンを右クリックすると、実行中のアプリケーションなら任意のウィンドウにフォーカスすることができ、また新規にウィンドウを開くこともできます。<key>Ctrl</key>
キーを押さえながらアイコンをクリックして、新しいウィンドウを開くこともできます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live
thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the
overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live
thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace. Click any window to focus that window and exit the
overview. You can also use the scroll wheel on your mouse to zoom in on any window thumbnail."
+msgid "When you enter the overview, you will initially be in the windows overview. This shows you live
thumbnails of all the windows on the current workspace."
msgstr
"アクティビティ画面を表示すると、まずウィンドウの一覧が表示されます。これは、現在のワークスペースで開いている全ウィンドウのサムネイルです。いずれかのウィンドウをクリックすると、そのウィンドウにフォーカスが移り、アクティビティ画面から抜けます。また、任意のウィンドウのサムネイルの上でマウスホイールをスクロールすることにより、サムネイルを拡大表示することもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -11336,11 +11634,15 @@ msgid "Click the grid button at the bottom of the dash to display the applicatio
msgstr
"ダッシュボードの一番下にあるグリッドボタンを押すと、アプリケーションの一覧が表示されます。ここには、お使いのコンピューターにインストールされているすべてのアプリケーションが表示されます。いずれかのアプリケーションを選択すると、そのアプリケーションが起動します。あるいは、アクティビティ画面かワークスペースのサムネイルにアプリケーションをドラッグしても起動します。また、アプリケーションをダッシュボードにドラッグすることで、お気に入りとして追加することもできます。お気に入りのアプリケーションは、起動していない場合でもダッシュボードに表示されており、すばやく起ち上げることができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </link>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications. </link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">Learn more about starting applications.</link>"
msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-apps-open\">アプリケーションの起動についてもっと詳しく。</link>"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces. </link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">Learn more about windows and workspaces.</link>"
msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows\">ウィンドウとワークスペースについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -11364,19 +11666,15 @@ msgid "User menu"
msgstr "ユーザーメニュー"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Click your name in the top-right corner to manage your profile and your computer."
+msgid "Click the system menu in the top-right corner to manage your system settings and your computer."
msgstr "右上角に表示されている名前をクリックすると、あなたのプロフィールやコンピューターの管理ができます。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your
contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as <app>Empathy</app>."
-msgstr "このメニューから在席状態を直接設定できます。この設定は、<app>Empathy</app> などのインスタントメッセンジャーで相手先に見せる、あなたの状態に反映されます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
-msgstr "このメニューから、あなたの個人情報の編集やシステム設定の変更を行うこともできます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can
quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you can
suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You
can quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer. Or you
can suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
+msgid "When you leave your computer, you can lock your screen to prevent other people from using it. You can
also quickly switch users without logging out completely to give somebody else access to the computer, or you
can suspend or power off the computer from the menu."
msgstr
"コンピューターから離れるときに、他の人にいじられないように画面をロックできます。ログアウトせずにすばやくユーザー切り替えを行い、別のユーザーがコンピューターを使えるようにすることができます。また、このメニューからコンピューターのサスペンドや電源オフが可能です。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11389,7 +11687,9 @@ msgid "Lock Screen"
msgstr "ロック画面"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to
protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and
your name as the logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows
you to control media playback."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to
protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date, time, and
your name as the logged-in user. It also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows
you to control media playback."
+msgid "When you lock your screen, or it locks automatically, the lock screen is displayed. In addition to
protecting your desktop while you're away from your computer, the lock screen displays the date and time. It
also shows information about your battery and network status, and allows you to control media playback."
msgstr
"画面をロックしたり、自動的にロックが掛かったりした場合に、ロック画面が表示されます。コンピューターから離れている間、デスクトップを保護できます。ロック画面には日付や時刻、ログインユーザーの名前などが表示されます。他にもバッテリーやネットワークの状態を確認したり、メディアの再生をコントロールしたりできます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11422,10 +11722,16 @@ msgid "GNOME features a different approach to switching windows than a permanent
msgstr "GNOME におけるウィンドウ切り替えのスタイルは、他のデスクトップ環境で採用されているような、常にウィンドウ一覧を表示するものとは異なったアプローチを取っています。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </link>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows. </link>"
+msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Learn more about switching windows.</link>"
msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">ウィンドウの切り替えについてもっと詳しく。</link>"
#. (itstool) path: when/p
+msgid "At the right-hand side of the window list, GNOME displays a short identifier for the current
worskpace, such as <gui>1</gui> for the first (top) workspace. In addition, the identifier also displays the
total number of available workspaces. To switch to a different workspace, you can click the identifier and
select the workspace you want to use from the menu."
+msgstr "ウィンドウ一覧の右側に、現在のワークスペースを示すインジケーターが表示されます。たとえば最初 (先頭) のワークスペースの場合、<gui>1</gui>
と記されます。また、このインジケーターには、利用可能なワークスペースの総数も示されます。他のワークスペースに切り替えるには、インジケーターを押して、表示されるメニューから使用するワークスペースを選択してください。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: when/p
msgid "If an application or a system component wants to get your attention, it will display a blue icon at
the right-hand side of the window list. Clicking the blue icon shows the message tray."
msgstr "アプリケーションやシステムコンポーネントがユーザーへ注意喚起をする場合に、青いアイコンをウィンドウ一覧の右側に表示します。青いアイコンを押すとメッセージトレイが表示されます。"
@@ -11645,14 +11951,14 @@ msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='figures/notification-buttons.png' md5='de014109531ad9e32c0a2059c3b6207d'"
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
-msgstr "何か起きると、画面低部にメッセージがポップアップしてユーザーに知らせます。"
-
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
msgid "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
msgstr "Marina Zhurakhinskaya"
+#. (itstool) path: info/desc
+msgid "Messages pop-up at the bottom of the screen telling you when certain events happen."
+msgstr "何か起きると、画面低部にメッセージがポップアップしてユーザーに知らせます。"
+
#. (itstool) path: page/title
msgid "Notifications and the message tray"
msgstr "通知メッセージとメッセージトレイ"
@@ -11688,7 +11994,7 @@ msgstr "メッセージトレイ"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq> <key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the notifications
that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
+msgid "The message tray gives you a way to get back to your notifications when it is convenient for you. It
appears when you move your mouse to the bottom-right corner of the screen, or press <keyseq><key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>. The message tray contains all the notifications
that you have not acted upon or that permanently reside in it."
msgstr
"ユーザーの都合に合わせて、メッセージトレイから通知メッセージの再確認ができます。マウスを画面右下角に移動させると、メッセージトレイが表示されます。メッセージトレイには、まだ対応していないメッセージや常駐するメッセージが配置されています。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -11707,7 +12013,9 @@ msgid "You can close the message tray by pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M
msgstr "キーボードを使ってウィンドウを最大化することもできます。<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>
を押してウィンドウメニューを開き、<key>x</key> を押してください。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll need to click the <gui>tray
button</gui> to show the message tray."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you'll need to click the
<gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
+msgid "If the <link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">screen keyboard</link> is open, you will need to click the
<gui>tray button</gui> to show the message tray."
msgstr "<link xref=\"keyboard-osk\">スクリーンキーボード</link> を使用している場合は、<gui>トレイボタン</gui>をクリックしてメッセージトレイを表示してください。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -11717,12 +12025,28 @@ msgstr "通知メッセージを非表示にする"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "If you're working on something and don't want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications.
Just click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
-msgid "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications. Just
click your name on the top bar and change the <gui>Notifications</gui> toggle to <gui>OFF</gui>."
+msgid "If you're working on something and do not want to be bothered, you can switch off notifications."
msgstr
"何か作業をしている最中に邪魔をされたくない場合、メッセージの通知をオフにできます。トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックして、<gui>メッセージ通知</gui>を<gui>オフ</gui>に切り替えるだけです。"
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing
<gui>Notifications</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Notifications</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Switch <gui>Show Pop Up Banners</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>ホバークリック</gui>をオンにします。"
+
#. (itstool) path: section/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important
notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be
available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom right corner, or
pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will redisplay when you switch the toggle
to <gui>ON</gui> again."
+msgid "When switched off, most notifications will not pop up at the bottom of the screen. Very important
notifications, such as when your battery is critically low, will still pop up. Notifications will still be
available in the messaging tray when you display it (by moving your mouse to the bottom of the screen, or by
pressing <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>), and they will start popping up again when you switch
the toggle to <gui>ON</gui> again."
msgstr
"通知をオフにすれば、ほとんどの通知が画面下部にポップアップされなくなります。その場合でも、バッテリーがひどく低下しているなどの非常に重要な通知はポップアップされます。マウスを右下角に移動すれば、メッセージトレイから通知をよむことができます。メッセージ通知を<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えると、また通知が表示されるようになります。"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
@@ -11757,13 +12081,13 @@ msgstr "アクティビティ、ダッシュボード、トップバー... そ
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
-msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you click <gui>Activities</gui>
at the top left of the screen."
+msgid "The <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you click
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that's displayed when you click on
<gui>Activities</gui> at the top left of the screen."
-msgid "The <em>activities overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you select <gui>Activities
Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen."
+msgid "The <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em> is the screen that is displayed when you select
<gui>Activities Overview</gui> in the <gui>Applications</gui> menu at the top left of the screen."
msgstr "<em>アクティビティ画面</em>とは、デスクトップ左上の<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンをクリックすると表示される画面のことです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -11785,7 +12109,7 @@ msgstr "Alt-Tab ウィンドウスイッチャー"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a <em>window
switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have currently open."
-msgid "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and then press
<key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the icons of the applications you have
currently open."
+msgid "When you hold down the <key xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key> key and then press
<key>Tab</key>, a <em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows the applications that are currently open."
msgstr "<key>Alt</key> キーを押しながら <key>Tab</key>
を押すと、<em>ウィンドウスイッチャー</em>が表示されます。ここには、起動中のアプリケーションのアイコンが表示されます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -11793,7 +12117,9 @@ msgid "Dash"
msgstr "ダッシュボード"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of
the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes
referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of
the activities overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is sometimes
referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
+msgid "The <em>dash</em> is the list of your favorite applications that is shown on the left-hand side of
the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. Applications that are currently running are also shown here. The dash is
sometimes referred to as the <em>dock</em>."
msgstr
"<em>ダッシュボード</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の左側に配置される、お気に入りのアプリケーションの一覧です。現在起動中のアプリケーションもここに表示されます。ダッシュボードは、<em>ドック</em>と呼ばれることもあります。"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -11801,7 +12127,9 @@ msgid "Hot corner"
msgstr "ホットコーナー"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to
this corner, the activities overview opens."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to
this corner, the activities overview opens."
+msgid "The <em>hot corner</em> is the corner at the top left of the screen. When you move the pointer to
this corner, the <gui>Activities</gui> overview opens."
msgstr "<em>ホットコーナー</em>とは、画面左上の角のことです。ここにマウスポインターを持っていくと、アクティビティ画面が開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11814,7 +12142,7 @@ msgstr "通知メッセージ"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that
something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop
up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message tray. Move
your mouse to the bottom-right corner (or press <keyseq><key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message tray."
+msgid "<em>Notifications</em> are messages that pop up at the bottom of the screen, telling you that
something just happened. For example, when someone chatting with you sends a message, a notification will pop
up to tell you. If you don't want to deal with a message right now, it is hidden in your message tray. Move
your mouse to the bottom of the screen (or press <keyseq><key
xref=\"keyboard-key-super\">Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq>) to see your message tray."
msgstr
"<em>通知メッセージ</em>とは、画面下部にポップアップされるメッセージのことです。そのとき何かが起きたことをお知らせします。たとえば、あなたとチャットしている人がメッセージを送ったら、ポップアップで通知メッセージをお知らせします。その場ですぐメッセージに対応しない場合は、メッセージトレイの中に保存されます。マウスを右下角に持っていけば、メッセージトレイを確認できます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -11834,21 +12162,33 @@ msgstr "設定"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in
Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click your name on the top-right of the top bar and select
<gui>Settings</gui> to access them."
+msgid "The <em>settings</em> are where you can change preferences and so on, similar to the Control Panel in
Windows or the System Preferences in Mac OS. Click the system menu on the right side of the top bar and press
the <gui>Settings</gui> button to access them. Alternatively, you can open the <gui>Activities</gui> overview
and start typing <gui>Settings</gui>, then select the <gui>Settings</gui> panel."
msgstr "<em>システム設定</em>とは、設定の変更などを行うメニューです。Windows の「コントロール パネル」や Mac OS
の「システム環境設定」に相当するものです。システム設定を開くには、トップバー右上にある名前の箇所をクリックして、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択してください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System"
+msgid "System menu"
+msgstr "システム"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "The <em>system menu</em> is on the right side of the top bar. You can update some of your settings,
find information about your <gui>Wi-Fi</gui> connection, switch user, log out and turn off your computer from
this menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/title
msgid "Top bar"
msgstr "トップバー"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui>
link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The
<gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The <gui>Activities</gui>
link is on one end of the top bar and the system menu is on the other."
msgstr "<em>トップバー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。トップバーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The
<gui>Activities</gui> link is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
-msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The
<gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and your username is on the other."
+msgid "The <em>top bar</em> is the bar that runs along the very top of the screen. The
<gui>Applications</gui> menu is on one end of the top bar and the system menu is on the other."
msgstr "<em>トップバー</em>とは、画面最上部に渡るバーのことです。トップバーの片方の端には<gui>アクティビティ</gui>ボタンが配置され、その反対側にはユーザーの名前が表示されています。"
#. (itstool) path: item/title
@@ -11865,7 +12205,9 @@ msgid "Workspace selector"
msgstr "ワークスペースセレクター"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the
<gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of
the <gui>Windows</gui> view in the activities overview."
+msgid "The <em>workspace selector</em> is the list of workspaces that is shown on the right-hand side of the
<gui>Windows</gui> view in the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
msgstr "<em>ワークスペースセレクター</em>とは、アクティビティ画面の<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビュー右側に表示される、ワークスペースの一覧です。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -11873,7 +12215,9 @@ msgid "The <em>window list</em> is the bar at the very bottom of the screen, whi
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Check the activities overview or other workspaces."
+msgid "Check the <gui>Activities</gui> overview or other workspaces."
msgstr "アクティビティ画面あるいは他のワークスペースを調べます。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -11881,12 +12225,14 @@ msgid "Find a lost window"
msgstr "見失ったウィンドウを探しだす"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <link
xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link>:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the
<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">activities overview</link>:"
+msgid "A window on a different workspace, or hidden behind another window, is easily found using the <link
xref=\"shell-terminology\"><gui>Activities</gui> overview</link>:"
msgstr "別のワークスペースのウィンドウや、他のウィンドウの下に隠れているウィンドウは、<link
xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を使えば簡単に見つけることができます。方法は次のとおりです。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open the <em>activities overview</em>. If the missing window is on the current <link
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply
click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
+msgid "Open the <em><gui>Activities</gui> overview</em>. If the missing window is on the current <link
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">workspace</link>, it will be shown here in thumbnail. Simply
click the thumbnail to redisplay the window, or"
msgstr "アクティビティ画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを選択します。お探しのウィンドウが、現在の<link
xref=\"shell-windows#working-with-workspaces\">ワークスペース</link>に配置されていれば、ウィンドウビューにそのサムネイルが表示されます。サムネイルをクリックするだけで、ウィンドウを再表示できます。これで見つからなければ次の方法も確認してください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -12110,7 +12456,9 @@ msgid "Working with workspaces"
msgstr "ワークスペースを扱う"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Go to the Activities overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
+msgid "Go to the <gui>Activities</gui> overview and drag the window to a different workspace."
msgstr "アクティビティ画面を表示し、ウィンドウを別のワークスペースへドラッグする。"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -12189,7 +12537,7 @@ msgstr "ワークスペースを切り替える"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
-msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> <gui>Activities</gui> overview</link>."
msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -12309,20 +12657,29 @@ msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of message
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Sound</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Sound</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it
so you can hear how it sounds."
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Sound</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "In the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it
so you can hear how it sounds."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This
won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
+msgid "Use the volume slider in the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This
won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, use the <gui>On/Off</gui> switch under <gui>Alert volume</gui> on
the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To re-enable this feature, set the <gui>Recently Used</gui> slider to <gui>On</gui>."
+msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, switch the <gui>Alert volume</gui> to <gui>Off</gui>."
+msgstr "この機能を再度有効にするには、<gui>最近使用したファイル</gui>のスイッチを<gui>オン</gui>に切り替えます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
@@ -12511,12 +12868,11 @@ msgid "Select a default audio input device"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+msgid "In the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use. The input level indicator should
respond when you speak."
+msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "You can adjust the volume and switch the microphone off from this panel."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -12536,7 +12892,7 @@ msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropri
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks,
which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output
in the sound settings. Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>, then click
<gui>Sound</gui>. On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui
style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button
will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
+msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks,
which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output
in the sound settings."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
@@ -12545,13 +12901,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
-msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+msgid "In the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device that you want to use."
+msgstr "<gui>ブックマークの編集</gui>ウィンドウで、名前を変更するブックマークを選択します。"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
-msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Use the <gui style=\"button\">Test Speakers</gui> button to check that all speakers are working and
are connected to the correct socket."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
@@ -12594,9 +12949,12 @@ msgstr ""
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgctxt "_"
+#| msgid "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
msgctxt "_"
-msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5='a5907ec4d348a718fb00dec38d1f1a83'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "external ref='figures/top-bar-icons.png' md5='20465d2e6383aa4a46f0364487d6ff54'"
+msgstr "external ref='figures/gnome.png' md5='85ec62374d1dc2168674a56999647b05'"
#. (itstool) path: media
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
@@ -12999,7 +13357,9 @@ msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the num
msgstr "任意の Unicode 文字は、その文字の数値表現のコードポイントをキーボードでタイプすることにより入力できます。文字は、4 桁のコードポイントで識別されます (訳注: 5
桁以上のコードポイントを持つ文字も存在します)。コードポイントを調べるには、文字マップツールで文字を特定し、ステータスバーかあるいは<gui>文字の詳細</gui>タブを参照してください。コードポイントは、<gui>U+</gui>
の後ろの 4 桁の文字列です。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type
<key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If
you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to
memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type
<key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If
you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to
memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
+msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type
<key>U</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If
you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to
memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
msgstr "コードポイントを使って文字を入力するには、<key>Ctrl</key> および <key>Shift</key> を押しながら、<key>u</key>
キーを押し、続いて対象のコードポイントをタイプし、その後 <key>Ctrl</key> と <key>Shift</key>
を離します。他の方法では簡単に入力できない文字をよく使用するのであれば、その文字のコードポイントを記憶し、すぐに入力できるようにしておくと良いでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: section/title
@@ -13015,7 +13375,9 @@ msgid "Input methods"
msgstr "インプットメソッド"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard
but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or
enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with
keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture
method, or enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
+msgid "An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters not only with keyboard
but also any input devices. For instance you could enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or
enter Japanese characters using a Latin keyboard."
msgstr
"インプットメソッドは、前記の方法を拡張し、キーボードだけでなく、他の入力デバイスでも文字入力できるようになります。たとえば、マウスのジェスチャー操作で文字入力が可能だったり、あるいはラテン文字用キーボードで日本語の文字の入力が可能だったりします。"
#. (itstool) path: section/p
@@ -13064,7 +13426,9 @@ msgid "Users"
msgstr "ユーザー"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link
xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"user-addguest\">guest user</link>, <link
xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
+msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>,
<link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
msgstr "<link xref=\"user-add\">ユーザーの追加</link> または <link xref=\"user-addguest\">ゲストユーザーの追加</link>, <link
xref=\"user-changepassword\">パスワードの変更</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">管理者</link>…"
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -13072,7 +13436,9 @@ msgid "User accounts"
msgstr "ユーザーアカウント"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep
their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access
a different user account if you know the password."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep
their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access
a different user account if you know the password."
+msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep
their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It is also more secure. You can only access
a different user account if you know their password."
msgstr
"コンピューターを使う各ユーザーは、個別のユーザーアカウントを使用すると良いでしょう。各ユーザーは、自身のファイルをあなたのファイルとは区別することができますし、個別の設定ができるようになります。また、より安全でもあります。他のユーザーアカウントのパスワードを知っている場合にしか、そのユーザーアカウントを操作できません。"
#. (itstool) path: info/title
@@ -13109,19 +13475,21 @@ msgstr "新しいユーザーアカウントを追加する"
msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your
household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
msgstr "お使いのコンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。自宅や会社の各人にそれぞれアカウントを登録します。各ユーザーは、自分自身のフォルダー、ドキュメントおよび設定を持ちます。"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your
password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts.
Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as
prompted."
-msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、<link
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要です。ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードあるいは管理者のパスワードを尋ねられたら入力します。"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type in your password when
prompted."
+msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>をクリックする。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a new user account."
-msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button to add a new user
account."
+msgid "Press the <gui style=\"button\">+</gui> button, below the list of accounts on the left, to add a new
user account."
msgstr "ウィンドウ左のアカウント一覧で、<gui>+</gui> ボタンをクリックし、 新しいユーザーアカウントを追加します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -13129,74 +13497,30 @@ msgid "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admini
msgstr "新しいユーザーに、お使いのコンピューターの<link
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>を与える場合は、アカウントの種類で<gui>管理者</gui>を選択します。管理者は、ユーザーの追加や削除、ソフトウェアやドライバーのインストール、日付や時刻の変更などができます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name.
The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full
name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
+msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name.
If you do not like the proposed username, you can change it."
msgstr "ユーザーのフルネームを入力します。ユーザー名は、フルネームに基づいて自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "You can chose to set a password for the new user, or let them set it themselves on their first login.
You can press on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\"
width=\"16\" height=\"16\">generate password</media></gui> icon to automatically generate a random password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under
<gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a
password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the
<gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
-msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Select the
new account from the list. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to
<gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have
the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link
xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
-msgstr
"ユーザーのパスワードの扱いをどうするか選択するまでは、アカウントは初期状態で無効になっています。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>いまパスワードを設定する</gui>を選択し、ユーザーに<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄および<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>欄にパスワードを入力してもらいます。<link
xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/> を参照してください。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly
generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so
be careful."
-msgstr
"あるいは、<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄の横のボタンをクリックして、ランダムに生成された安全なパスワードを選択することもできます。このパスワードは、他の人が推測するのは困難ですが、ユーザー自身が思い出すのも難しいでしょう。扱いにはご注意ください。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right
to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock
photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
-msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウでは、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。GNOME
ではストック写真を提供しており、それを使用することができます。あるいは、ご自身の画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
-msgstr "パスワードなしで、お使いのコンピューターをゲストが一時的に使用するのを許可します。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: page/title
-msgid "Add a guest user account"
-msgstr "ゲストユーザーアカウントを追加する"
-
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief, temporary
basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to access
your files, change your settings, or install software."
-msgstr
"ゲスト、すなわち短い間、一時的にしかコンピューターを使わない人たち用のユーザーアカウントを作成できます。ゲストユーザーは、コンピューターのプログラムを使用できますが、あなたのファイルにアクセスしたり、あなたの設定を変更したり、ソフトウェアをインストールしたりなどができません。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: steps/title
-msgid "Create a guest user account:"
-msgstr "ゲストユーザーのアカウントを作成する方法は次のとおりです。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User
Accounts</gui> window."
-msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>Users</gui>
window."
-msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be
an administrative user to add user accounts."
-msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、管理者である必要があります。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can
change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
-msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can
change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
-msgstr
"アカウントの種類には、<gui>標準</gui>を選択します。ゲストアカウントに管理者権限を与えないようにしてください。アカウントの名前を<em>ゲスト</em>などとします。他のお好みの名前でもかまいません。入力したフルネーム欄の情報に基づいて、ユーザー名が自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。入力が済めば、<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label
<gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password
options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
-msgid "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label <gui>Account
disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From
the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
-msgstr
"新しいゲストユーザーアカウントが選択されます。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。パスワードオプションのウィンドウが表示されます。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>パスワードなしでログインする</gui>を選択し、"
+msgid "If you want to change the password after creating the account, select the account, <gui
style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> the panel and press on the current password status."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the
right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some
stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
-msgstr
"<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウに戻ると、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。あるいは、あなたの画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the
right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some
stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgid "In the <gui>Users</gui> panel, you can click the image next to the user's name to the right to set an
image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can
use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+msgstr "<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウでは、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。GNOME
ではストック写真を提供しており、それを使用することができます。あるいは、ご自身の画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative
privileges."
@@ -13207,12 +13531,14 @@ msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the
system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping
your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
+msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the
system. You can change which users have administrative privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way
of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin
privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
-msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts.
Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password or the administrator password, as
prompted."
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to change account types."
+msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、<link
xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要です。ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードあるいは管理者のパスワードを尋ねられたら入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
@@ -13220,15 +13546,16 @@ msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and select
<gui>Administrator</gui>."
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account Type</gui> and select
<gui>Administrator</gui>."
+msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
+msgid "The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has admin privileges. This is the user
account that was created when you first installed the system."
+msgid "The first user account on the system is usually the one that has administrator privileges. This is
the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
@@ -13236,7 +13563,7 @@ msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privile
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
+msgid "You need administrative privileges to change important parts of your system."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -13248,19 +13575,19 @@ msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to
change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use
these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
+msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to
change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use
these applications, so by default you do not have administrative privileges."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges
to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password.
For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for
your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin
privileges will be taken away again."
+msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get administrative
privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs administrative privileges, it will ask
for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package
manager) will ask for your administrator password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it
has finished, your administrative privileges will be taken away again."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin
privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user
accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin
privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like
delete a needed system file, for example)."
+msgid "Administrative privileges are associated with your user account. <gui>Administrator</gui> users are
allowed to have these privileges while <gui>Standard</gui> users are not. Without administrative privileges
you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have
permanent administrative privileges. You should not use administrative privileges all of the time, because
you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for
example)."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but
prevent you from doing it accidentally."
+msgid "In summary, administrative privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed,
but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/title
@@ -13268,27 +13595,27 @@ msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that
user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and
<cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
+msgid "A user with administrative privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply
because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like
<cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\"
(administrative) privileges."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
+msgid "Why are administrative privileges useful?"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because
it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
+msgid "Requiring users to have administrative privileges before important system changes are made is useful
because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run
an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when
you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
+msgid "If you had administrative privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important
file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting administrative
privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from
messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing
applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
+msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have administrative privileges. This prevents other
users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need,
installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security
standpoint."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
-msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
+msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have administrative privileges."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/title
@@ -13296,7 +13623,7 @@ msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative
privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
+msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative
privileges</link>. Some tasks require administrative privileges in order to work, such as:"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -13312,7 +13639,7 @@ msgid "Installing new applications"
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has administrative privileges</link>."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -13376,62 +13703,32 @@ msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially i
msgstr "パスワードをときどき変更することはよい考えです。特にあなたのパスワードが他人に知られてしまった疑いがある場合は、パスワードを変更するとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>パスワード</gui>の隣のラベルをクリックします。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
-msgstr "すでにパスワードを設定している場合、このラベルは●や■などの並びとして表示されます。"
+msgid "Click the label <gui>·····</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. If you are changing the password for a
different user, you will first need to <gui>Unlock</gui> the panel."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm
password</gui> field."
msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
-#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep
your user account safe."
-msgstr "<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">良いパスワードを選択</link>していることを確認してください。ユーザーアカウントを安全に保つのに役立ちます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/title
-msgid "Change the keyring password"
-msgstr "キーリングパスワードの変更"
-
-#. (itstool) path: section/p
-msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The
keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em>
password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain
the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
-msgstr
"ログインパスワードを変更した場合、<em>キーリングパスワード</em>とズレが生じます。キーリングは、ちょうど一つの<em>マスター</em>パスワードを要求することにより、多くの異なるパスワードを記憶しなければならないことからあなたを守ります。ユーザーパスワードを変更した場合(上記を参照)、キーリングパスワードは古いユーザーパスワードと同一のままになります。キーリングパスワードを変更する方法を示します(ログインパスワードと一致させる方法)。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
-msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>パスワードと鍵</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
-
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
-msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and select <gui>Show any</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>表示</gui>メニューの <gui>By keyring</gui> に確実にチェックを入れます。"
-
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select
<gui>Change Password</gui>."
-msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>パスワード</gui>の下にある<gui>ログインキーリング</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>パスワードの変更</gui>を選択します。"
+msgid "You can press on the <gui style=\"button\"><media type=\"image\"
src=\"figures/system-run-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">generate password</media></gui> icon to
automatically generate a random password."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the
<gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
-msgid "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new password and <gui>Type
again</gui> to confirm it."
-msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
+msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
+msgstr "<gui>変更</gui>をクリックします。"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
-msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>閉じる</gui>ボタンをクリックします。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep
your user account safe."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">良いパスワードを選択</link>していることを確認してください。ユーザーアカウントを安全に保つのに役立ちます。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use <app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
-msgstr "<app>パスワードと鍵</app>を使用するためには、<sys>seahorse</sys> パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。"
+msgid "When you update your login password, your login keyring password will automatically be updated to be
the same as your new login password."
+msgstr ""
-#. (itstool) path: when/p
-msgid "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">Install seahorse</link>"
-msgstr "<link action=\"install:seahorse\" style=\"button\">seahorse をインストール</link>"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+msgid "If you forget your password, any user with administrator privileges can change it for you."
+msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
@@ -13446,15 +13743,23 @@ msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their
msgstr "ログインやユーザー切り替え時に、ログイン写真付きのユーザーリストが表示されます。あなたの写真をストック画像やあなた自身の画像に変更できます。ウェブカメラで新しいログイン写真を撮ることもできます。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "If you want to edit a user other than yourself, press <gui style=\"button\">Unlock</gui> in the top
right corner and type in your password when prompted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos.
If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
msgstr "あなたの名前の横の画像をクリックします。ログイン写真用のストック画像の一覧が表示されます。お好みのものがあれば、それをクリックしてあなた用の画像として使用してください。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more
pictures</gui>."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more
pictures</gui>."
+msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more
pictures…</gui>."
msgstr "お使いのコンピューターに保存してある画像を使用する場合は、<gui>他の画像も参照</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo</gui>.
Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't
like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a
photo</gui>. Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want.
If you don't like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to
give up."
+msgid "If you have a webcam, you can take a new login photo right now by clicking <gui>Take a photo…</gui>.
Take your picture, then move and resize the square outline to crop out the parts you don't want. If you don't
like the picture you took, click <gui>Discard photo</gui> to try again, or <gui>Cancel</gui> to give up."
msgstr
"ウェブカメラがあれば、<gui>写真を撮る</gui>をクリックして、新しいログイン写真をその場で撮ることができます。四角の選択領域を移動、サイズ変更し、不要な部分を切り取ります。撮った写真が気に入らない場合は、<gui>写真を破棄する</gui>をクリックして撮り直すか、<gui>キャンセル</gui>をクリックして撮るのを止めます。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -13466,21 +13771,27 @@ msgid "Delete a user account"
msgstr "ユーザーアカウントを削除する"
#. (itstool) path: page/p
-msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If
somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how.
If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
+msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-add\">add multiple user accounts to your computer</link>. If somebody is no
longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
msgstr "コンピューターには、複数のユーザーアカウントを追加できます。追加方法については、<link xref=\"user-add\"/>
を参照してください。もうコンピューターを使わなくなった人がいれば、そのユーザーのアカウントを削除できます。"
-#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be
an administrative user to delete user accounts."
-msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを削除するには、管理者である必要があります。"
+#. (itstool) path: page/p
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your
password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
+msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to delete user accounts."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">管理者権限</link>が必要になります。あなたのパスワードか、要求された管理者アカウントのパスワードを入力します。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
-msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button."
+msgid "Select the user that you want to delete and press the <gui style=\"button\">-</gui> button, below the
list of accounts on the left, to delete that user account."
msgstr "削除するユーザーを選択し、<gui>-</gui> ボタンをクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: item/p
-msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete
the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need
to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up
the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete
the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need
to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up
the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
+msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete
the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need
to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They cannot be recovered. You may want to back up
the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
msgstr
"各ユーザーは、自分用のフォルダーにファイルや設定を保存しています。ユーザーのホームフォルダーを残すか、それとも削除するか、選択できます。もうファイルを使うことがないことがわかっており、ディスク領域を解放する必要がある場合は、<gui>ファイルを削除</gui>をクリックします。ファイルは完全に削除されます。復旧できません。削除する前に、外付けドライブや
CD にバックアップを取っておくとよいでしょう。"
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
@@ -13643,11 +13954,17 @@ msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
#, fuzzy
-msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
-msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+#| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
+msgid "Open the <gui xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</gui> overview and start typing <gui>Wacom
Tablet</gui>."
+msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
+
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Click on <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui> to open the panel."
+msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>ゴミ箱</gui>をクリックします。"
#. (itstool) path: note/p
-msgid "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>."
+msgid "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>.
Click the <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui> link to connect a wireless tablet."
msgstr ""
#. (itstool) path: item/p
@@ -13704,6 +14021,10 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
msgstr ""
+#. (itstool) path: item/p
+msgid "Switch <gui>Keep aspect ratio (letterbox)</gui> to <gui>ON</gui> to match the drawing area of the
tablet to the proportions of the monitor. Also called <em>force proportions</em>, this setting
<em>letterboxes</em> the drawing area on, for instance, a 4:3 tablet to correspond more directly to a
widescreen display."
+msgstr ""
+
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
msgstr ""
@@ -13742,9 +14063,388 @@ msgstr "<link xref=\"files-search\">検索</link>、<link xref=\"files-delete\">
msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
-#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ユニバーサルアクセス</gui>を開き、<gui>視覚</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">accessibility icon</link> on the top bar and selecting <gui>High
Contrast</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーの<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">アクセシビリティアイコン</link>から、<gui>ハイコントラスト</gui>を選択すると、コントラストを簡単に変更できます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Switch <gui>Zoom</gui> on."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ズーム</gui>をオンにします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the <gui>Account Type</gui> menu and select one."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>アカウントの種類</gui>メニューをクリックして、アカウントの種類を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Add…</gui>"
+#~ msgstr "<gui>追加…</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Find and click the <gui>Sign Up</gui> button or link on the page which appears."
+#~ msgstr "表示されたページに<gui>サインアップ</gui>などのボタンやリンクがあるので、それをクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Google"
+#~ msgstr "Google"
+
+#~ msgid "Windows Live"
+#~ msgstr "Windows Live"
+
+#~ msgid "Facebook"
+#~ msgstr "Facebook"
+
+#~ msgid "Twitter"
+#~ msgstr "Twitter"
+
+#~ msgid "Support for Yahoo should be added in the near future."
+#~ msgstr "Yahoo は近いうちにサポートと対象となる見込みです。"
+
+#~ msgid "Completely remove an online account."
+#~ msgstr "オンラインアカウントを完全に削除します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
+#~ msgstr "Bluetooth アイコンからファイルをファイル送る"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>デバイスにファイルを送る</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already
connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If
you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after
clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
+#~ msgstr "デバイス一覧には、<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">接続済みデバイス</link>と、通信可能範囲にある<link
xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">検出可能なデバイス</link>の両方が表示されます。選択したデバイスとの接続がまだ済んでいない場合は、<gui>送信</gui>ボタンを押したあとに、デバイスとペアリングを行うよう促されます。たいていの場合、送信先のデバイス側で接続の確認を行う必要があります。"
+
+#~ msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the
<gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
+#~ msgstr "表示されるデバイスが多い場合は、<gui>デバイスの種類</gui>のドロップダウンリストを使って、特定の種類のデバイスだけを表示するように制限できます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
+#~ msgstr "Bluetooth 設定からファイルを送る"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "メニューバーの Bluetooth アイコンをクリックし、<gui>Bluetooth の設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've
already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
+#~ msgstr "設定パネル左側のデバイス一覧から送信先のデバイスを選択します。一覧には、すでに接続済みのデバイスだけが表示されます。「<link
xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>」を参照してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "右側のデバイス情報欄で、<gui>ファイルを送信</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+
+#~ msgid "This requires <app>Evolution</app> to be installed on your computer."
+#~ msgstr "この機能を利用するには、<app>Evolution</app> をインストールする必要があります。"
+
+#~ msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose
the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
+#~ msgstr "矢印ボタンを押して時、分を調節します。ドロップダウンリストから年月日を変更します。"
+
+#~ msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock
with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you
are connected to the internet."
+#~ msgstr
"<em>ネットワーク時刻</em>をオンにすると、お使いのコンピューターは、インターネット上の非常に正確な時計と、定期的に同期を取るようになります。これにより、手動で時刻を調節する必要がなくなります。この機能はインターネットに接続している場合にだけ動作します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click on the clock in the middle of the top bar."
+#~ msgstr "トップバー中央の時計をクリックします。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面で:"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
+#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>詳細</gui><gui>リムーバブルメディア</gui></guiseq> を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Activities </gui> overview."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>ファイル</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME Classic</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "テキストボックスの下の<gui>セッション</gui>を開き、<gui>GNOME クラシック</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Sign In</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>サインイン</gui>ボタンを押します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Session</gui> below the password entry box and choose <gui>GNOME</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "テキストボックスの下の<gui>セッション</gui>を開き、<gui>GNOME</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開きます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
+#~ msgstr "右側の現在のショートカット定義をクリックします。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+#~ msgid "Switch on <gui>On Screen Keyboard</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>タイピング支援</gui> をオンにし、スクリーンキーボードを表示します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>ショートカット</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Background</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and click <gui>Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to give keyboard focus to the
top bar."
+#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> を押して、キーボードフォーカスをトップバーにあてます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Use the right and left arrow keys to select the <link xref=\"a11y-icon\">universal access
menu</link>, then press <key>Enter</key>."
+#~ msgstr "左右の矢印キーを使い、<link xref=\"a11y-icon\">ユニバーサルアクセスのメニュー</link>を選択し、<key>Enter</key> キーを押します。"
+
+#~ msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select
<gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
+#~ msgstr "この説明は、キーボードだけを使いマウスキーを有効にする最短方法を述べています。アクセシビリティオプションの詳細については、<gui>ユニバーサルアクセスの設定</gui>を開いてください。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click the network icon on the top bar and select <gui>Network Settings</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "From the <gui>Network Name</gui> drop-down list, select the connection you want everyone to be
able to use and then click <gui>Configure</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>カレンダー</gui>上の、スケジュールを確認したい日付をクリックします。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click on the network icon on the top bar and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Wireless"
+#~ msgstr "無線"
+
+#~ msgid "SSID"
+#~ msgstr "SSID"
+
+#~ msgid "Mode"
+#~ msgstr "モード"
+
+#~ msgid "BSSID"
+#~ msgstr "BSSID"
+
+#~ msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network
hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can
connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC アドレス</link>はネットワークハードウェア（たとえば無線カードや Ethernet
ネットワークカード、ルーターなど）を識別するためのコードです。ネットワークに繋ぐことができるすべてのデバイスには、メーカーで設定された一意の MAC アドレスが割り当てられています。"
+
+#~ msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
+#~ msgstr "このオプションはネットワークカードの MAC アドレスを変更するために使用します。"
+
+#~ msgid "MTU"
+#~ msgstr "MTU"
+
+#~ msgid "Wireless Security"
+#~ msgstr "無線セキュリティ"
+
+#~ msgid "IPv4 Settings"
+#~ msgstr "IPv4 設定"
+
+#~ msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
+#~ msgstr "自動 (DHCP)"
+
+#~ msgid "IPv6 Settings"
+#~ msgstr "IPv6 設定"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network Settings</gui> and connect to an <gui>Other</gui> wireless network."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択する。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Settings</gui>"
+#~ msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を開き、<gui>タイピング</gui>タブを選択します。"
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Don't show pop-up notifications when the screen is locked"
+#~ msgstr "画面をロックしているときに通知が表示されないようにします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Hide notifications"
+#~ msgstr "通知を表示しない"
+
+#~ msgid "By default, your computer will display message notifications even when your screen is locked. For
example, if someone sends you an instant message while you are away from your computer, a notification will
pop-up on your screen. The text of that person's message will appear even though your screen is locked."
+#~ msgstr
"デフォルトでは、ロックが掛かっている画面にも通知メッセージが表示されます。たとえば、あなたが席を離れている間に、誰かがインスタントメッセージをあなたに送った場合、通知が画面に表示されます。ロックが掛かっていたとしてもメッセージの内容が見えることになります。"
+
+#~ msgid "You may wish to turn this feature off to keep your messages more private."
+#~ msgstr "メッセージを人に見られたくない場合は、この機能をオフにするとよいでしょう。"
+
+#~ msgid "To turn off notifications when your screen is locked:"
+#~ msgstr "画面ロック中の通知をオフにする手順は次のとおりです。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>トップバー</gui>にあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui> <gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>設定</gui><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>画面ロック</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Set the <gui>Show Notifications</gui> slider to <gui>Off</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ロック画面に通知を表示する</gui>のスイッチをオフにします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Settings</gui><gui style=\"menu\">Privacy</gui> <gui
style=\"menu\">Usage & History</gui></guiseq>."
+#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">設定</gui><gui style=\"menu\">プライバシー</gui><gui
style=\"menu\">使用と履歴</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Display a symbol rather than your name in the top bar"
+#~ msgstr "トップバーに名前ではなく記号を表示します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Hide your name in the top bar"
+#~ msgstr "トップバーの名前を隠す"
+
+#~ msgid "Your name is displayed in the <gui>top bar</gui> by default, but you can hide your name to protect
your privacy."
+#~ msgstr "あなたの名前は、デフォルトで<gui>トップバー</gui>に表示されますが、プライバシー保護のために名前を隠すことができます。"
+
+#~ msgid "To hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>:"
+#~ msgstr "<gui>トップバー</gui>の名前を隠す手順は次のとおりです。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Settings</gui><gui>Privacy</gui> <gui>Name & Visibility</gui></guiseq>."
+#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>設定</gui><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>名前と表示方法</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Set <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui>, or set <gui>Display Full Name in Top Bar</gui> to
<gui>Off</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ステルスモード</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にするか、あるいは<gui>トップバーにフルネームを表示する</gui>をオフにします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Setting <gui>Stealth Mode</gui> to <gui>On</gui> will also hide your full name when your screen is
locked."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>ステルスモード</gui>を<gui>オン</gui>にすると、ロック画面のフルネーム表示もオフになります。"
+
+#~ msgid "Many help topics in the GNOME Help instruct you to \"Click your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>.\"
If you hide your name in the <gui>top bar</gui>, you will need to click the small <gui>notification
icon</gui> in the <gui>top bar</gui> instead."
+#~ msgstr "この GNOME
ヘルプの多くの箇所に「トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックする」という説明があります。<gui>トップバー</gui>に名前を表示していない場合は、名前の代わりに<gui>トップバー</gui>の小さな<gui>通知アイコン</gui>をクリックしてください。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the <gui>top bar</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>トップバー</gui>にあるユーザー名をクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Privacy</gui><gui>Screen Lock</gui></guiseq>."
+#~ msgstr "<guiseq><gui>プライバシー</gui><gui>画面ロック</gui></guiseq>を選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User
Accounts</gui> window."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and select the <gui>Formats</gui> tab."
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and click <gui>Formats</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>フォーマット</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Region & Language</gui> and select the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>地域と言語</gui>を開き、<gui>言語</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Sharing</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>共有</gui>を開きます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "To lock your screen, click your name on the top bar and select <gui>Lock</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "画面をロックするには、トップバーにあるユーザー名をクリックし、<gui>画面のロック</gui>を選択してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "Activities overview"
+#~ msgstr "アクティビティ画面"
+
+#~ msgid "You can quickly set your availability directly from the menu. This will set your status for your
contacts to see in instant messaging applications such as <app>Empathy</app>."
+#~ msgstr "このメニューから在席状態を直接設定できます。この設定は、<app>Empathy</app> などのインスタントメッセンジャーで相手先に見せる、あなたの状態に反映されます。"
+
+#~ msgid "The menu also allows you to edit your personal information and change the system settings."
+#~ msgstr "このメニューから、あなたの個人情報の編集やシステム設定の変更を行うこともできます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities overview</link>."
+#~ msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\"> Activities overview</link>."
+#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ画面</link>を開きます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Input</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Sound</gui> and select the <gui>Output</gui> tab."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>マウスとタッチパッド</gui>を開き、<gui>マウス</gui>タブを選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Select the device in the list of devices."
+#~ msgstr "削除するファイルを選んでください。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Users</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under
<gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a
password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the
<gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+#~ msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Select
the new account from the list. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to
<gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have
the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link
xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
+#~ msgstr
"ユーザーのパスワードの扱いをどうするか選択するまでは、アカウントは初期状態で無効になっています。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>いまパスワードを設定する</gui>を選択し、ユーザーに<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄および<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>欄にパスワードを入力してもらいます。<link
xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/> を参照してください。"
+
+#~ msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly
generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so
be careful."
+#~ msgstr
"あるいは、<gui>新しいパスワード</gui>欄の横のボタンをクリックして、ランダムに生成された安全なパスワードを選択することもできます。このパスワードは、他の人が推測するのは困難ですが、ユーザー自身が思い出すのも難しいでしょう。扱いにはご注意ください。"
+
+#~ msgid "Allow guests to use your computer temporarily, without having to give them a password."
+#~ msgstr "パスワードなしで、お使いのコンピューターをゲストが一時的に使用するのを許可します。"
+
+#~ msgid "Add a guest user account"
+#~ msgstr "ゲストユーザーアカウントを追加する"
+
+#~ msgid "You can create a user account for guests, people who will only use the computer on a brief,
temporary basis. The guest user will be able to use the programs on your computer, but they won't be able to
access your files, change your settings, or install software."
+#~ msgstr
"ゲスト、すなわち短い間、一時的にしかコンピューターを使わない人たち用のユーザーアカウントを作成できます。ゲストユーザーは、コンピューターのプログラムを使用できますが、あなたのファイルにアクセスしたり、あなたの設定を変更したり、ソフトウェアをインストールしたりなどができません。"
+
+#~ msgid "Create a guest user account:"
+#~ msgstr "ゲストユーザーのアカウントを作成する方法は次のとおりです。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the <gui>User
Accounts</gui> window."
+#~ msgid "Click your name on the top bar, then click the picture next to your name to open the
<gui>Users</gui> window."
+#~ msgstr "トップバーのユーザー名の箇所をクリックし、名前の横の画像をクリックして<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>のウィンドウを開きます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must
be an administrative user to add user accounts."
+#~ msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを追加するには、管理者である必要があります。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can
change it if you like. Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
+#~ msgid "Select <gui>Standard</gui> for the account type. You don't want to give the guest account
administrative access. Then give the account a name like <em>Guest</em>, or any other name you like. The
username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can
change it if you like. Click <gui>Add</gui> when you're done."
+#~ msgstr
"アカウントの種類には、<gui>標準</gui>を選択します。ゲストアカウントに管理者権限を与えないようにしてください。アカウントの名前を<em>ゲスト</em>などとします。他のお好みの名前でもかまいません。入力したフルネーム欄の情報に基づいて、ユーザー名が自動的に入力されます。デフォルトのユーザー名でもおそらく問題ないでしょうが、お好みのものに変更してもかまいません。入力が済めば、<gui>作成</gui>をクリックします。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "The new guest user account will be selected. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label
<gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password
options. From the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+#~ msgid "Select the new guest user account. Under <gui>Login Options</gui>, click the label <gui>Account
disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. You will be presented with a window with password options. From
the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, select <gui>Log in without a password</gui>."
+#~ msgstr
"新しいゲストユーザーアカウントが選択されます。<gui>ログインオプション</gui>欄の、<gui>パスワード</gui>というラベルの横の<gui>無効アカウント</gui>をクリックします。パスワードオプションのウィンドウが表示されます。<gui>アクション</gui>のドロップダウンリストから<gui>パスワードなしでログインする</gui>を選択し、"
+
+#~ msgid "Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the
right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some
stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
+#~ msgstr
"<gui>ユーザーアカウント</gui>ウィンドウに戻ると、ユーザー名の横の画像をクリックして、そのアカウントの画像を設定できます。この画像はログインウィンドウに表示されます。あるいは、あなたの画像を使用することもできますし、ウェブカメラで写真を撮ることもできます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>パスワード</gui>の隣のラベルをクリックします。"
+
+#~ msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
+#~ msgstr "すでにパスワードを設定している場合、このラベルは●や■などの並びとして表示されます。"
+
+#~ msgid "Change the keyring password"
+#~ msgstr "キーリングパスワードの変更"
+
+#~ msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>.
The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one
<em>master</em> password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring
password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login
password):"
+#~ msgstr
"ログインパスワードを変更した場合、<em>キーリングパスワード</em>とズレが生じます。キーリングは、ちょうど一つの<em>マスター</em>パスワードを要求することにより、多くの異なるパスワードを記憶しなければならないことからあなたを守ります。ユーザーパスワードを変更した場合(上記を参照)、キーリングパスワードは古いユーザーパスワードと同一のままになります。キーリングパスワードを変更する方法を示します(ログインパスワードと一致させる方法)。"
+
+#~ msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>アクティビティ</gui>画面から<app>パスワードと鍵</app>アプリケーションを開きます。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
+#~ msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked, and select <gui>Show
any</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>表示</gui>メニューの <gui>By keyring</gui> に確実にチェックを入れます。"
+
+#~ msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select
<gui>Change Password</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "サイドバーの<gui>パスワード</gui>の下にある<gui>ログインキーリング</gui>を右クリックし、<gui>パスワードの変更</gui>を選択します。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~| msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the
<gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
+#~ msgid "Enter your old password and click <gui>Continue</gui>. Enter your new password and <gui>Type
again</gui> to confirm it."
+#~ msgstr "現在のパスワード、次に新しいパスワードを入力します。<gui>パスワードの確認</gui>という欄に新しいパスワードを再び入力します。"
+
+#~ msgid "You must have the <sys>seahorse</sys> package installed to use <app>Passwords and Keys</app>."
+#~ msgstr "<app>パスワードと鍵</app>を使用するためには、<sys>seahorse</sys> パッケージがインストールされている必要があります。"
+
+#~ msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must
be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
+#~ msgstr "アカウント管理を行うために、ウィンドウ右上角の<gui>ロック解除</gui>をクリックし、あなたのパスワードを入力します。ユーザーアカウントを削除するには、管理者である必要があります。"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Tablet</gui>."
+#~ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
+
#~ msgid "Access online services like Facebook and Google."
#~ msgstr "Facebook や Google などのオンラインサービスにアクセスします。"
@@ -13916,9 +14616,6 @@ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
#~ msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
#~ msgstr "<gui>OK</gui> をクリックします。"
-#~ msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
-#~ msgstr "<gui>メニューバー</gui>の右端のアイコンをクリックし、<gui>システム設定</gui>を選択します。"
-
#~ msgid "Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Contrast</gui> that best suits your needs. <gui>Low</gui>
will make things less vivid, for example."
#~ msgstr "<gui>ディスプレイ</gui>の項目の<gui>コントラスト</gui>で最適のものを選びます。たとえば、<gui>低い</gui>を選択するとあざやかさが抑えられます。"
@@ -13955,9 +14652,6 @@ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
#~ msgid "The message tray is always visible in the activities overview."
#~ msgstr "メッセージトレイは、アクティビティ画面に常に表示されています。"
-#~ msgid "Open the <link xref=\"shell-terminology\">Activities</link> overview and make sure you're looking
at the <gui>Windows</gui> view."
-#~ msgstr "<link xref=\"shell-terminology\">アクティビティ</link>画面を開き、<gui>ウィンドウ</gui>ビューを表示します。"
-
#~ msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
#~ msgstr "<key>Ctrl</key> キーを押して、マウスポインターの位置を確認できます。"
@@ -14302,3 +14996,4 @@ msgstr "<gui>キーボード</gui>を選択します。"
#~ msgid "Cycle through the windows by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> and
<key>↓</key> to select the window you want to move."
#~ msgstr "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> および <key>↓</key> を押して、ウィンドウを切り替え、移動したいウィンドウを選択します。"
+
[
Date Prev][
Date Next] [
Thread Prev][
Thread Next]
[
Thread Index]
[
Date Index]
[
Author Index]
